TODO: simplify {Interrogative,Indefinite,...}/{Cardinal,Multiplicative,...}Quantifier dichothomies
In subsequent versions, however, orthographical definitions should be handled with existing ontologies specializing on the description on language, e.g., lexvo
check gerundive vs. gerund
update GOLD linking
Ontology of Linguistic Annotation (OLiA)
Angelika Adam
Maria Sukhareva
OLiA
OLiA Reference Model for Morphology, Morphosyntax and Syntax
(originally
based on the EAGLES recommendations, with modifications in accordance to
DCR (ISOcat, June 2013), TDS ontology, GOLD v.03, the SFB 632 annotation guidelines,
the MULTEXT-East ontology and various annotation schemes)
Oct. 2005 created by Christian Chiarcos
2006-2008 maintained by Christian Chiarcos and Angelika Adam
since 2008 maintained by Christian Chiarcos
10/01/08 updated by Christian Chiarcos
10/01/25 added SyntacticUnit categorization
(from GOLD [http://www.linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2008] and EAGLES recommendations
[http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node29.html#SECTION00052000000000000000])
10/01/28 removed all owl:disjointWith and owl:complementOf, these are language-specific
and have to be represented in a separate language model.
10/02/17 extended SyntacticUnit categorization in accordance with the TDS ontologies
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl) Christian
10/02/18 adopted TIGER edge labels as syntactic role and semantic role
10/03/11 manual restructuring of OWL file begun
10/03/23 morphosyntactic classes revised
10/03/24 CaseFeature extended by TDS grammaticalCase, GOLD CaseValue and DCR case features
DefinitenessFeature checked against TDS definitenessProperty and DCR (missing in GOLD)
DegreeFeature checked against DCR (missing in GOLD and TDS)
TenseFeature extended in accordance with TDS tenseProperty and GOLD TenseValue (DCR not yet)
GenderFeature checked against TDS case and GOLD GenderValue (DCR not yet)
SemanticRole extended in accordance with TDS semanticRoleProperty (missing in GOLD,
merged with grammatical case there)
PersonFeature checked and extended against GOLD and TDS
MoodFeature extended in accordance with TDS modalityProperty and GOLD MoodValue
AspectFeature extended in accordance with TDS aspectProperty and GOLD AspectValue
Habitual remodelled as Aspect
10/03/25 SyntacticRole checked and extended against GOLD syntacticRole (properties)
and DCR syntacticCategory, modifyingRelation
VoiceFeature extended against GOLD VoiceValue and TDS grammaticalVoice
hierarchically structured
restructuring concluded
10/04/06 extended InflectionType, added Countability and Valency as features and properties (in accordance with
Sampson (1995), see susa.owl
10/04/08 extensions with respect to constituent types, syntactic relations and semantic roles
in accordance with Dipper et al. (2007), see sfb632.owl
10/04/13 extension wrt. the morphosyntactic profile of the DCR (ISOcat, www.isocat.org)
10/04/14 validation, PossessiveFeature removed
10/04/15-18 additions in accordance to the PTB Bracketing Guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
10/11/26 introduced NounHeadedPhrase for improved compatibility with dependency parsing schemes (e.g., Connexor)
10/11/29 added categories for topological fields in German (as used in TüBa-D/Z)
10/12/02 added DeterminerPhrase, ForeignPhrase, subclasses of ExpletivePronoun (TüBa-D/Z)
11/07/29 replaced url http://purl.org/olia with purl http://purl.olcl.org/olia
11/07/31-11/08/04 linking with MULTEXT-East (http://nl.ijs.si/ME/owl/multext-east.owl = http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl)
Clitic deprecated (replaced by CliticElement because of the ambiguity of the category in MULTEXT-East and ISOcat)
additions: hasProximity, Distal, Proximal, CliticElement, CliticDefiniteArticle, SpecificArticle, CliticSpecificArticle,
hasSpecificity, Specific, Nonspecific, Cliticization, ElementWithClitic, ElementWithoutClitic, ElementDemandingClitic,
DistributiveCase, FactiveCase, DirectCase, FormalCase, MultiplicativeCase, TemporalisCase, ElativeDegree, CountNumber,
AspectParticle, SubjunctiveParticle, VerbalParticle, LightVerb, VerbalAdverb, NegativeAdverb, ModifierAdverb, AdjectivalAdverb,
NonspecificPronoun, DeterminalPronoun, AttributivePronoun, EmphaticDeterminer, NegativeDeterminer, UniquitiveDeterminer, PossessiveArticle,
hasConjunct, hasWordConjunct, hasSentenceConjunct, RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction, SubordinatingConjunctionWithNegation,
SubordinatingConjunctionWithoutNegation, RelationalAdjective, PossessiveAdjective, NonreducedInflection, ReducedInflection, CollectiveNumeral,
hasNumeralAgreement, DualQuantifier, PaucalQuantifier, SingularQuantifier, PluralQuantifier, Fraction, ApproximateNumeral, MultipleNumeral,
ProQuantifier, InterrogativeQuantifier, IndefiniteQuantifier, DemonstrativeQuantifier, RelativeQuantifier, QuotativeVerb, QuotativeMood,
NonNegated, Diminuitive, Human, AbbreviatedPronoun, FixedExpression, Adjectival, Typo, Verbal, hasObjectNumber, hasNumeralForm, ExistentialParticle
11/08/04 eliminated redundancy of olia-top:SyntacticRelation and olia:SyntacticRelation
SubordType, CoordType deprecated, remodelled as subconcepts of Sub/CoordinatingConjunction
11/08/05 validation
11/08/11 VoiceParticle (from Portuguese EAGLES)
11/08/12 linking with T-CODEX (Old High German)
VocativeExpression, Fronting, ConditionRole, HangingTopic (for Old High German, T-CODEX)
CausalAdverb deprecated (= Adverb and hasSemanticRole some CauseRole)
DeclarativeSentence = Sentence and hasMood some DeclarativeMood
PresentParticiple (= Sentence and hasTense some Present)
PastParticiple (= Sentence and hasTense some Past)
11/08/12-15 linking with ILPOSTS (for Indian languages)
added PurposiveCase, PurposiveAspect, DistributivePronoun, ConditionalParticiple, ConditionalRealisMood, ConditionalIrrealisMood, PresumptiveMood, Sequel, AbilitativeMood, SecondHonorific, SecondNonHonorific, hasEmphasis, Emphatic, NonEmphatic, SimpleAspect
EmphaticDeterminer, EmphaticPronoun deprecated
CausalMood (from Nowak 1996, for Inuktitut)
MannerAdverb (= Adverb and hasSemanticRole some MannerRole) {introduced as deprecated}
LocationAdverb (= Adverb and hasSemanticRole some LocationRole) {introduced as deprecated}
HabitualMood (= HabitualAspect)
11/08/15 olia_top:PhonologicalProcess introduced (reorganization of MorphologicalProcess)
11/08/15 linking with Ancorra and IIIT tagset (for Indian languages)
GerundVerbPhrase, SpatiotemporalNoun, InfinitiveVerbPhrase, EchoWord, Composition
Intensifier
11/08/15 linking with Urdu tagset (Sajjad 2007)
TitleNoun, UnitNoun, AspectMarkingAuxiliary, TenseMarkingAuxiliary, Date added
11/08/16 linking with EMILLE Urdu tagset (Hardie 2003)
AdjectivalParticle, ModalityMarkingAdverb, OpenQuote, CloseQuote, ContrastiveParticle, EmphaticParticle, MultiplicativeMarker, ExclusiveEmphaticParticle, InclusiveEmphaticParticle, ReflexivePossessiveDeterminer, Izafat, RelativeAdjective added
ContrastiveEmphaticParticle (= ContrastiveParticle and EmphaticParticle)
11/08/16 linking with Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
added AspirationalVerb, AgentiveVerb, TenseMarkingParticle, NonAgentiveVerb, LocativePronoun, NominalNumber, CaseMarker, PeriodicAdjective, CharacteristicAdjective, DifferentialPronoun, NominalQuantifier
HonorificVerb, HonorificCommonNoun added (=> Honorificity to be remodelled)
13/03/03 linking with Uby Pos annotation model (http://www.ukp.tu-darmstadt.de/data/lexical-resources/uby/)
added GivenName, FamilyName, comments for PersonalPronoun, Separability
13/03/03 partial "hasFeature Self"-modeling for ...Feature concepts: not inferable through Fact++ or Hermit, though, hence incomplete
13/03/04 linking with Uby Pos annotation model (http://www.ukp.tu-darmstadt.de/data/lexical-resources/uby/)
Contraction, Phraseme, LexicalUnit (as generalization over Phraseme and Lexeme), Initialism
13/03/04 olia-top:XYFeature olia:hasXY Self for most XYFeatures
13/06/24 additions from ISOcat morphosyntactic profile: FusedPrepositionPronoun, ElativeNoun, InterrogativeMultiplicativeQuantifier, FocusMarker, AdjutativeVoice, AversiveCase
13/06/25 additions from ISOcat morphosyntactic profile: VisualEvidentiality, OtherSourceEvidentiality, DeductiveEvidentiality, Exclusive, Inclusive, Homonym, Homophone, CircumstantialVoice
13/06/27 ISOcat additions: MannerNoun (deprecated), QuestionWord (extended to be a generalization over InterrogativeXY, deprecated), GeneralizationWord, EpistemicPossibilityModality, DebitiveMood, InchoativeAspect, PresentativePronoun, IndefiniteCardinalQuantifier, NumeralBoth (deprecated), GraphicalSeparator, Impossible, Possible, EpistemicNecessityModality, TemporallyDefinedUsage, PrepositionalAdverb, DeclarativePunctuation, Multal, ObligativeModality, RomanNumeral, DigitNumeral, Script, ParticleAdverb (deprecrated), ApplicativeVoice, EvaluativeModality, PlaceNoun (deprecated), String [generalized as orthographical anchor point for RomanNumeral]
13/06/28 ISOcat additions: Masdar, Ideophone, DeficientVerb (deprecated), IndefiniteMultiplicativeQuantifier, PermissiveModality, WeakObligativeModality, ExistentialPronoun (deprecated), InstrumentNoun, PhysicalAbilitiveModality, MedioPassiveVoice, InterrogativeCardinalQuantifier, CompletiveAspect, PseudopassiveVoice, LetterNumeral, ContextualVariation, Homograph, CollectivePronoun, PossessiveRelativePronoun, ExpansionVariation, CausativeVoice, Augmentative, FusedPronounAuxiliary, AntiCausativeVoice, StatusConstructus, PreferredEvaluative, PejorativeEvaluative, CommissiveForce, ActionalForce, VolitiveForce
hasEvaluativeFeature (for ISOcat PreferredEvaluative and PejorativeEvaluative), HortativeModality (from GOLD, missing in the corresponding ISOcat export)
disentangled Modality and Mood: for every Mood, created a corresponding Modality as superclass; XYMood is subconcept of Mood and XYModality concept, hasMood only for Mood, hasModality for Modality
16/04/18 selected French labels for the Bambara Reference Corpus (BRC)
added OnomatopoeticWord, QualitativeVerb, PredicativeMarker
OWL/DL validation
16/08/29 added Frame, hasMovementFeature, Control and Raising for compliance with lexinfo
17/06/26 fixed occasional type errors at owl:deprecated
18/01/08 added Converb (for Eastern Armenian National Corpus)
19/07/27 lexinfo linking: added DeverbalAdjective as a generalization over (and superclass of) ParticipleAdjective, DenominalAdjective (for lexinfo:adjective-na), GenericNumeral (for lexinfo:genericNumeral), InflectionElement (for lexinfo:inflectionElement), Radical (for lexinfo:radical), Syllable (for lexinfo:syllable), ClippedTerm, Appellation, Idiom, Internationalism, SetPhrase, Boilerplate (for lexinfo:standardText), Deprecated (for lexinfo:deprecatedTerm), LegalRegister (for lexinfo:legalTerm), Deprecated (for lexinfo:deprecatedTerm), Preferred (for lexinfo:preferredTerm), Standardized (for lexinfo:standardizedTerm);
revised Contraction, Composition;
introduced Identifier as generalization over Appellation, NamedEntity and lexinfo:partNumber;
introduced TextStructuralElement as generalization over Headline, Boilerplate, etc.
20/02/24 add Chunk (from Ancorra tagset), JussiveMood (from Arabic, Khoja et al. 2008)
20/02/27 clarify definition of Unique
Christian Chiarcos chiarcos@informatik.uni-frankfurt.de
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1855
Set of graphic characters used for the written form of one or more languages.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-296
A basic identifiable component of every CJKV character, often found on the left side of the character, that sometimes gives a rough indication of meaning and is used for collating lexical and terminological resources. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-296)
radical
TODO: consider creating an olia:PhonologicalCategory for syllables
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-297
A unit of spoken language that is next bigger than a speech sound and consists of one or more vowel sounds alone or of a syllabic consonant alone or of either with one or more consonant sounds preceding or following. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-297)
syllable
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2189
Empty area between words, lines or columns
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2189)
space
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1863
Character string that appears between two written forms
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1889
Letter.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1889)
letter
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2182
Character string to be interpreted in context
Introduced as a generalization over numeralRoman which is orthographically defined but not a single character
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1936
Numeral expressed with roman digits.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1935
Numeral expressed by Arabic digits.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1937
Numeral expressed with letters.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1327
Mark placed over a long vowel to mark quantity.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1327)
macron
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1403
Character string surrounded by separators.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1403)
token
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1847
Series of sentences expressed in a natural language.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1847)
text
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1330
A morpheme is the smallest meaningful unit in the grammar of a language.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAMorpheme.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1330)
morpheme
added in accordance with TIGER MorphologicalParticle
added in accordance with TIGER MorphologicalParticle
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-4196
a morpheme indicating that the element it marks is the focus of the utterance.
In compliance with ISOcat, this is defined here as a morpheme. However, focus markers can be independent words, as well.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2231
base of a word
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2231)
root
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-292
An element of language used to change the form of a word (noun, adjective) by declension, and (verbs) by conjugation.
(Sue Ellen Wright; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-292)
inflection element
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1234
Letter or group of letters which are added to a word to make a new word.
(Sue Ellen Wright; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1234)
affix
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1313
Affix inserted in the middle of a word to change its meaning or part of speech value.
(Sue Ellen Wright; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1313)
infix
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1954
Inclusion of zu.
(DFKI; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1954)
zu inclusion
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1365
Affix added before a word to change its meaning or part of speech.
(Sue Ellen Wright + Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1365)
prefix
TüBa-D/Z
separable verb prefix, e.g., "Auch die Vertreter der AfB [stimmten] den 86 Millionen [zu]."
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1395
Affix added at the end of the word to change its meaning or part of speech.
(Sue Ellen Wright + Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1395)
suffix
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness), http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness
true
Deprecated: Note that the original MULTEXT-East definition of cliticness conflates four different aspects under this label: (a) whether an element *is* a clitic, (b) whether an element *contains* a clitic, (c) whether an element *should contain* a clitic that is, however, represented as a separate token, and (d) whether an element is part of a collocation.
In the MULTEXT-East ontology (and here), this is made explicit by CliticElement, NoncliticElement, ElementWithClitic, ElementWithoutClitic and Collocation. Instead of the original "Clitic", CliticElement (state of being a clitic) and Cliticization (process of adding a clitic) are to be used
Categorization of the different types of clitics
(MultText-East; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903)
cliticness
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness), http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness
Note that Clitic covers only one aspect of the original MULTEXT-East (and ISOcat) definitions of cliticness, i.e., that an element is a clitic
cliticness
http://www.glottopedia.de/index.php/Cliticization; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1903 (cliticness), http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Cliticness. Note that Cliticization covers only one aspect of the original MULTEXT-East (and ISOcat) definitions of cliticness, i.e., that an element is a clitic
In morphosyntax, cliticization is a process by which a complex word is formed by attaching a clitic to a fully inflected word.
Exsmple: In Je t'aime, t' is the clitic attached to aime.
(http://www.glottopedia.de/index.php/Cliticization)
Note that cliticization can also be understood as the process of an independent word developing into a clitic. This is not the meaning intended here, as the OLiA ontologies are currently not applied to the description of diachronic processes. (Chiarcos)
cliticization
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElementWithClitic"
Expression representing a lexeme together with its clitics (Chiarcos)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElementWithoutClitic"
Expression representing a lexeme without any clitics (i.e. because of the absence of cliticization or because the clitic is represented separately) (Chiarcos)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemandingClitic
Expression representing a lexeme with cliticization whose clitics are, however, represented as a separate token
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933 (bound as value of cliticness http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933), originally from MULTEXT-East, see http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#BoundClitic, but note that as it is used in MULTEXT-East, BoundClitic is ambiguous between "being" a bound clitic and "containing a bound clitic". Here, only the first aspect is preserved, is is thus a subclass of CliticElement.
Linked to a particular element.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1933)
bound
subClassOf cliticness (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1389
Root of a word, together with any derivational affixes, to which inflectional affixes are added.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAStem.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1389)
stem
base
root
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1271
Change in the form of a linguistic unit, usually modification in the base/root or affixation to create a new word.
(Sue Ellen Wright + Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1271)
derivation
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-352
In linguistics, a compound is a lexeme (less precisely, a word) that consists of more than one stem. Compounding or composition is the word formation that creates compound lexemes (the other word-formation process being derivation). Compounding or Word-compounding refers to the faculty and device of language to form new words by combining or putting together old words. In other words, compound, compounding or word-compounding occurs when a person attaches two or more words together to make them one word. The meanings of the words interrelate in such a way that a new meaning comes out which is very different from the meanings of the words in isolation.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compound_%28linguistics%29)
Compound: A lexical unit that combines two or sometimes more different words, frequently such that the sense of the new lexical unit is not clearly derivable from the combination of its parts. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-352)
compound
composition
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2346 (reduplication)
process to modify the sense of a word by some operations to repeat the sound of a word.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2346)
reduplication
adopted from Ancorra for Indian languages, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#EchoWord
echo word
reduplicative
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-4209
The word is a copy of a previous word. In Hindi, this would add the meaning of distribution ("one rupee each"), separation ("sit separately"), variety, diversity or just emphasis. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-4209, reduplicative)
Echo word is a linguistic term that refers to a particular kind of reduplication which is a widespread areal feature in the languages of South Asia. Echo words are characterized by reduplication of a complete word or phrase, with the initial segment or syllable of the reduplicant being overwritten by a fixed segment or syllable. In most languages in which this phenomenon is present, echo words serve to express a meaning of "... and such; and things like that." In some cases the echo word may express a depreciative meaning as well.
Echo words in Hindi are typically created with a fixed initial v:
aam "mango"
aam vaam "mangoes and the like"
tras "grief"
tras vras "grief and the like"
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Echo_word)
Normally realized by derivation rather than inflection, unless other evidence is provided, OLiA follows *both* the modelling of EAGLES (Collective rdf:type Number) and the modelling of the MTE ontology (Collective rdf:type MorphologicalDerivation, cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Collective)
TODO: compare against Lehmann, Handbuch Relativsätze
Nominalization is the process of forming a noun from (mostly) a verbal form, often marked morphologically or via zero derivation. (Hasmik Sargsian and Christian Chiarcos)
A diminutive is a formation of a word used to convey a slight degree of the root meaning, smallness of the object or quality named, encapsulation, intimacy, or endearment. It is the opposite of an augmentative. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Diminutive)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Diminuitive, in MTE v.4 originally modelled as an aspect of Degree, but this is a misplacement.
There are languages where Degree and Diminuitivity are independent. In Latvian, for example, the diminutive suffix may be attached to an adjective,
not only in the positive but in the comparative and superlative degrees (Ruke-Dravina 1953).
Velta Ruke-Dravina (1953), Adjectival Diminuitives in Latvian. The Slavonic and East European Review 31(77): 452-465
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3094 (augmentativeSize)
A special form of a noun that signals that the
object being referred to is large relative to the usual size of such an
object [Crystal 1980: 34].
modelled as a derivational process analoguously to Diminuitive
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1277
The omission of a syllable or vowel at the beginning or end of a word, esp. when a word ending with a vowel is next to one beginning with a vowel.
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=elision; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1277)
elision
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2254
deletion of the final element in a word
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2254)
apocopate
apocope
EAGLES top-level category Residual (R) with the exception of its subclass
"Unclassified". Unclassified is not represented in the OLiA ontology, as it does not
represent information, but the absence of information.
From a linguistic point of view, Residuals are a heterogeneous class and so, Residual
may overlap with every linguistically motivate annotation concept.
Also between subconcepts, overlap may occur (e.g. \LaTeX
which is a symbol which can be read as an Acronym or acronyms which are related
to Abbreviations, e.g. GNU "Gnu is not Unix")
The residual value (R) is assigned to classes of text words which lie outside the
traditionally accepted range of grammatical classes, although they occur quite
commonly in many texts and very commonly in some. For example: foreign words,
or mathematical formulae. It can be argued that these are on the fringes of the
grammar or lexicon of the language in which the text is written. Nevertheless,
they need to be tagged. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)
Although words in the Residual category are on the periphery of the lexicon, they may
take some of the grammatical characteristics, e.g., of nouns. Acronyms such as IBM are
similar to proper nouns; symbols such as alphabetic characters can vary for singular and
plural (e.g. How many Ps are there in `psychopath'?), and are in this respect like common
nouns. In some languages (e.g. Portuguese) such symbols also have gender. It is quite
reasonable that in some tagging schemes some of these classes of word will be classified
under other parts of speech. (The Unclassified category applies to word-like text segments
which do not easily fit into any of the foregoing values. For example: incomplete words
and pause fillers such as er and erm in transcriptions of speech, or written representations of singing such as dum-de-dum. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recr 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3033
A word that does not carry its own meaning but generalizes the meaning of a neighboring word, adding the "etc." sense.
Bambara Reference Corpus "Onomatopée", http://cormand.huma-num.fr
no definition given
onomatopoetic word
onomatopée
onomatopée
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-354
A lexical unit formed by a shortening of a word, syllable, or word group by omission of a sound or letter. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-354)
contraction
EAGLES top-level category Adposition (AP).
An adposition is a cover term for prepositions, postpositions and
circumpositions. It expresses a grammatical and semantic relation
to another unit within a clause.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAdposition.htm, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adposition 19.09.06)
The majority of cases of adpositions we have to consider in European languages are prepositions.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#SECTION00062200000000000000 19.09.06)
EAGLES top-level category "Noun".
A noun, or noun substantive, is a part of speech (a word or phrase) which can co-occur with
(in)definite articles and attributive adjectives, and function as the head of a noun phrase.
The word "noun" derives from the Latin 'nomen' meaning "name", and a traditional definition
of nouns is that they are all and only those expressions that refer to a person, place,
thing, event, substance, quality, idea or an appointment. They serve as the subject or object
of a verb, and the object of a preposition.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noun 19.09.06)
noun
nom
EAGLES top-level category "Verb" (V)
A verb is a part of speech that usually denotes action ("bring", "read"),
occurrence ("decompose", "glitter"), or a state of being ("exist", "stand").
Depending on the language, a verb may vary in form according to many factors,
possibly including its tense, aspect, mood and voice. It may also agree with
the person, gender, and/or number of some of its arguments (subject, object, etc.).
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verb 19.09.06)
verb
verbe
pronoun or determiner
pronom / determinatif
EAGLES top-level category PronounOrDeterminer (PD).
The existence of this class is, however, controversial. In EAGLES, it
has been introduced for reasons of lexical ambiguity in European languages
thus it could be described by the joint of Pronoun and Determiner rather
than as an independent class.
Indeed, at least one fundamental difference is blurred here:
Determiners are purely modifiers whereas pronouns contribute independent
meaning. This could be adopted here as a criterion for higher-level organization
of the OLiA Reference Model.
The original EAGLES definition is not very specific about the difference between
Pronouns and Determiners. Here, we assume two definitions:
* semantic definition of pronouns: Pronouns are bound variables. They are referential.
* syntactic definition of determiners: Determiners turn nominal expressions (of type <e,t>) into
noun phrases (of type <e>).
Note that these definitions are not exclusive (which is why annotation schemes differ in this aspect).
Attributive possessive pronouns ('my book', 'their article') are semantically pronouns (they have an
independent reference), but syntactically determiners.
For the sub-classes, no exclusivity is required as Olia allows a hybrid ("both") category by multiple
inheritance.
The parts of speech Pronoun, Determiner and Article heavily overlap in their formal and functional
characteristics, and different analyses for different languages entail separating them out in
different ways.
In Eagles, Pronouns and Determiners are placed in one `super-category'. For some descriptions it may
be thought best to treat them as totally different parts of speech.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recp 19.09.06)
EAGLES top-level category Punctuation (PU).
For subconcepts, Wilson and Leech (1996) propose two alternative classifications:
Here, we implement the more interesting, i.e. position (the alternative is just enumeration of possible signs)
Punctuation marks (PU) are treated here as a part of morphosyntactic annotation, as it
is very common for punctuation marks to be tagged and to be treated as equivalent to
words for the purposes of automatic tag assignment.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mp 19.09.06)
A category "Quantifier" is missing in EAGLES, but seems to be conflated with IndefiniteDeterminer.
Added as top-level concept in accordance with the SFB632 annotation guidelines.
Against the original (and meanwhile corrected) modelling in GOLD, Quantifier is not a subconcept of Determiner.
A quantifier is a determiner that expresses a referent's definite or indefinite number or amount.
A quantifier functions as a modifier of a noun, or pronoun.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuantifier.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES top-level category Adjective (AJ).
An Adjective is a noun-modifying expression that specifies the properties or attributes of the nominal referent.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAdjective.htm 18.9.06)
EAGLES top-level category Adverb (AV).
Skipped subconcepts ParticleAdverb and GeneralAdverb:
ParticleAdverb is better described by the join of particles or adverbs rather than positing an independent category;
GeneralAdverb is merely the complement of DegreeAdverb.
An adverb is a part of speech that serves to modify non-nominal parts of speech,
i.e., verbs, adjectives (including numbers), clauses, sentences and other adverbs.
Modifiers of nouns are primarily determiners and adjectives.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adverbs 18.09.06)
adverb
adverbe
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1917
true
Word that is both an adverb and a particle.
merely a shorthand for the intersection of Adverb and Particle, hence deprecated
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3000
adverb which is very similar in its form to a preposition
EAGLES top-level category Interjection (I).
An interjection is a form, typically brief, such as one syllable or word,
which is used most often as an exclamation or part of an exclamation. It
typically expresses an emotional reaction, often with respect to an
accompanying sentence and may include a combination of sounds not otherwise
found in the language, e.g. in English: psst; ugh; well, well
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnInterjection.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES top-level category Unique (U).
"The unique value (U) is applied to categories with a unique or
very small membership, such as negative particle, which are
âunassignedâ to any of the standard part-of-speech categories. The
value unique cannot always be strictly applied, since (for example)
Greek has three negative particles ...
No subcategories are recommended, although it is expected that
tagsets for individual languages will need to identify such one-member
word-classes as Negative particle, Existential particle, Infinitive
marker, etc" (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html)
According to the EAGLES definition and examples, this seems to be closely related to "particle".
Particles are uninflected function words, in a broader sense, everything which is not inflected is a
particle, i.e. including interjections, in GOLD, uninflected items such as adpositions,
conjunctions and interjections are excluded: "A particle is a partOfSpeech whose members
do not belong to one of the main classes of words, is invariable, and typically has grammatical
or pragmatic meaning."
The EAGLES definition emphasizes the invariability of particles.
Unique approximates the linguistic concept "Particle".
It covers categories with unique or very small membership,
such as negative particle, which are `unassigned' to any of the standard part-of-speech categories.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mp 19.09.06)
Unique elements are uninflected (hence the name) and can be used to mark uninflectable function words in OLiA, even if they are not conventionally referred to as "particles" (e.g., the common [non-inflected] relative pronoun in opposition to the specific [inflectable] relative pronoun in Arabic).
OLiA particles are a sub-class of Unique.
EAGLES top-level concept Conjunction (C).
A conjunction is a word that syntactically links words or larger constituents,
and expresses a semantic relationship between them.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConjunction.htm 19.09.06)
conjunction
conjonction
a mis-typed word
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Typo
adopted from Sajjad (2007, for Urdu, cf. http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#Date)
Date is a stretch of text that specifies a specific point in time and that is not further linguistically analysed. (Chiarcos)
adopted from ubyPos.owl
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-333
An abbreviation formed by truncating a part of a simple term. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-335)
from lexinfo
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-335
clipped term
EAGLES Category Abbreviations with Type="Abbreviation".
Abbreviation (from Latin brevis "short") is strictly speaking a shorter form of a word, but more
particularly, an abbreviation is a letter or group of letters, taken from a word or words,
and employed to represent them for the sake of brevity. For example, the word "abbreviation"
can be abbreviated as "abbr." or "abbrev."
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Abbreviation 19.09.06)
abbreviation
abreviation
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3006
A pronoun that refers to all elements of a set.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3015
pronoun that identify the current locative or temporal situation
Should be redefined in terms of deixis
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Pronominal
Abbreviation/Syntactic_Type="pronominal" (Romanian), e.g., d-ta/dumneata, d-tale/dumitale, d-voastră/dumneavoastră, dv./dumneavoastră, dvs./dumneavoastră (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Pronominal)
EAGLES Category Residuals with Type="ForeignWord".
A foreign word is a text word which lies outside the traditionally accepted range of
grammatical classes, it occurs quite commonly in many texts and very commonly in some.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)
foreign word
mot etranger
EAGLES Category Residual with Type="Symbol".
In morphosyntactic annotation schemes, a symbol is a single graphical sign
that occurs in a written text with a conventionalized meaning but that
does not represent a phoneme (like ordinary characters), an orthogaphic sign (punctuation),
or a number. (Christian Chiarcos)
Symbols such as alphabetic characters can vary for singular and plural
(e.g. How many Ps are there in `psychopath'?), and are in this respect
like common nouns. In some languages (e.g. Portuguese) such symbols also have gender.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recr)
EAGLES category Residual with the attribute Type="Formula".
A formula (mathematical formulae) is a text word which lies outside the traditionally
accepted range of grammatical classes, it occurs quite commonly in many texts and very
commonly in some. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node16.html#mr 19.09.06)
EAGLES category Residual with Type="Acronym".
An acronym is an abbreviation, such as NATO, laser, and ABC, written as the initial
letter or letters of words, and pronounced on the basis of this abbreviated written
form. Acronyms are used most often to abbreviate names of organizations and long or
frequently referenced terms.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Acronym 19.09.06)
Introduced to account for Bullet http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438
Sign used to mark an item in a list.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1438)
bullet
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995)
LST â List marker.
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2249
graphical representation
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2249)
image
EAGLES adposition with the optional attribute Type="Preposition".
A postposition is an adposition that occurs after its complement.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPostposition.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES adposition with Type="Preposition".
A preposition is an adposition that occurs before its complement.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPreposition.htm 19.09.06)
preposition
préposition
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3008
word resulting from the aggregation of a pronoun and an auxiliary
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1901
Preposition that is the result of a morphological merge from at least two words.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1901)
fused preposition
subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3009
word resulting from the aggregation of a preposition and a pronoun
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1900
Preposition that is a pure simple word in contrast with the notion of fused preposition.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1900)
simple preposition
subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1934
Preposition that is a aggregation of words
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1934)
compound preposition
subClassOf preposition (dcif:isA)
EAGLES adposition with optional attribute Type="Circumposition".
The relationship between circumpositions and pre-/postpositions in EAGLES is not clear.
We do not prohibit Circumpositions from being Prepositions or Postpositions, though
the EAGLES feature assignment (with all optional values implemented) would possibly rule this out. (Chiarcos)
A circumposition is an adposition with a part before the noun phrase and a part after.
It is much less common than prepositions or postpositions.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Circumposition 19.09.06)
EAGLES Noun with Countability="Mass".
A mass noun (also uncountable noun or non-count noun) can't be modified by a numeral,
occur in singular/plural or co-occur with the relevant kind of determiner.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mass_noun 19.09.06)
introduced as generalization over http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl#nounProperFirstName
In most European cultures, a given name designates an individual person throughout her/his life span. To distinguish people with the same name but from different families, additional elements have been introduced into name formulas that identify a person's family or ancestry. (CC)
introduced as generalization over http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl#nounProperSecondName
In most European cultures, family names have been introduced into name formulas to identify a person's family, so that individuals with the same given name can be distinguished. (CC)
EAGLES Noun with Type="Proper".
Proper nouns (also called proper names) are the names of unique entities.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Noun 19.09.06)
proper noun
nom propre
proper name
EAGLES Noun with Type="Common".
A common noun is a noun that signifies a non-specific member of a group.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACommonNoun.htm 19.09.06)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
Dzongkha uses honorific forms: à½à¼à½à½à½ à¼/nam za/
(cloths) is the honorific form of the noun à½à½¼à¼
ལà¼/gola/(cloths), à½à½¦à½à½¦à¼/sung/(tell) the honorific
form of the verb སà½à¼/lab/(tell). We opted to mark
them by adding the tag NNH (honorific
common noun) and VBH (honorific verb) to
enable future research on this specific usage of
Dzongkha language. A number of tags were
added to the set, of which we describe four in
more detail: two of the additional tags are subclasses
of verbs: VBH (honorific verb form),
and VBN which describes past participle forms,
like, e.g. à½à½à½à¼/jun/(created), the past particle
form of à½à½à¼/jung/(create).
(Chungku et al. 2010)
A noun, which indicates respect for the person being addressed, e.g., Miwang Gel-poi Yab âA king's fatherâ [Though father=Apa, but colloquially we say YAB in Dzongkha]
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
added in accordance with Sajjad (2007, for Urdu, http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#Title)
A title designates the function or the social status of an individual. Often, it accompanies a proper noun, but it can also be used in place of a proper noun (if the bearer of the title is contextually unambiguous).
E.g. "The/Det German/Adj Chancellor/Title Angela/Name Merkel/Name said ..." can be used besides "the German Chancellor said ...".
Accordingly, some schemes (e.g., Chungku et al. 2010, for Dzongkha) group titles together with proper names (http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#ParticularPersonNoun).
However, if multiple people hold the same title, they can be referred to as a group, e.g., "Since WWII, the politics of the German chancellors always followed ...", and in this usage,
titles are more comparable to common nouns.
Functionally, titles are thus an intermediate category between CommonNoun and ProperNoun (cf. also Mulkern 1996).
Titles do, however, share important characteristics with common nouns.
In English, for example, titles generally require a definite determiner (unlike proper nouns), even if unambiguous ("the pope").
They are thus classified here as a subtype of CommonNoun.
(Ann E. Mulkern. The name of the game. In Jeanette Gundel and Thorstein Fretheim, editors. Reference and Referent Accessibility: Pragmatics
and Beyond. John Benjamins, Amsterdam and Philadelphia, 1996, pages 235â250.)
adopted from Sajjad (2007), http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#MeasuringUnit, TOCHECK: are units in Urdu Nouns ?
Measuring units are frequently used with numerals. However, they have a different syntactic structure than
numerals (Sajjad 2007).
In European languages, Units are generally expressed as nouns, e.g., English "ten/Numeral kilogram/Unit".
"Kilogram" can also be used as a common noun: "The kilogram is losing weight" (http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/science-environment-12276822)
Hassan Sajjad (2007), Urdu Part of Speech Tagset, version 1.0.0.0, 07-12-2007, Center for research in Urdu Language Processing. National University of Computer and Emerging Sciences, Lahore, Pakistan, http://www.crulp.org/Downloads/langproc/UrduPOStagger/UrduPOStagset.pdf
adopted from Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#SpatiotemporalNoun
spatio-temporal noun
location noun
NLOC Noun Location
This is an entirely new tag introduced to cover an important phenomenon
of Indian Languages. Words like 'Age', 'upara', 'pahele', 'bAda', etc.
are used in various ways in Hindi.
1. They act as a postposition along with 'ke'
e.g. ghade ke upara thAlI rakhI HE.
("pot" "on" "plate" "kept" "is")
Here 'ke upara' is a post position which is the direct equivalent of
the English preposition 'on'.
2. They also act as adverbs.
e.g. tuma upara jAo.
("You" "up" "go")
Here 'upara' is an adverbial of place.
3. These words also take post positions themselves and so in some sense
behave like nouns.
e.g. vaHa upara se AyA.
("He" "above" "from" "came")
4. As pointed out in 3. above, these words take postpositions and act
as arguments of the verb in the sentence. And they also take a post
position to join with a another noun. So in that sense also they behave
like nouns.
e.g. upara kA HissA
("above" "of" "portion")
To tag such words one option is to tag them according to the category
to which they belong in the given sentence. For example in 1. above,
the word is occurring as a postposition so can be marked as a
postposition. In example 2. above, it is an adverb so can be marked as
an adverb and so on.
But we feel that these words are more like nouns as is evident from 3.
and 4. above, and also if we consider for examples, 'aage', 'upara',
etc. as places which are in front, up, etc then we can tag them as
nouns.
But these are not pure nouns. They are nouns which indicate a location
or time. These also function as adverbs or prepositions in a context.
So a new tag NLOC is introduced for such words. This tag will cater to
a finite set of such words.
set: (Age, piche, upara, nIce, bAda, pahele)
("front", "behind", "above", "below", "before")
Such words if tagged according to their syntactic function, it will
hamper machine learning. So a single tag, NLOC has been devised for
such words which indicate location and time.
e.g., (upara, Age, pahele, bAda)
(IIIT (2007), A Part of Speech Tagger for Indian Languages (POS tagger), Tagset developed at IIIT - Hyderabad after consultations with several institutions through two workshops. available under http://shiva.iiit.ac.in/SPSAL2007/iiit_tagset_guidelines.pdf)
Noun denoting spatial and temporal expressions
"A tag NST has been included to cover an important phenomenon of Indian languages. Certain expressions such as 'Upara' (above/up), 'nIce' (below) 'pahale' (before), 'Age' (front) etc are content words denoting time and space. These expressions, however, are used in various ways. For example,
5.1.2.1 These words often occur as temporal or spatial arguments of a verb in a given sentence taking the appropriate vibhakti (case marker):
h3. vaha Upara so rahA thA .
'he' 'upstairs' 'sleep' 'PROG' 'was'
âHe was sleepign upstairsâ.
h4. vaha pahale se kamare meM bEThA thA .
'he' 'beforehand' 'from' ' room' 'in' 'sitting' 'was'
âHe was sitting in the room from beforehandâ
h5. tuma bAhara bETho
'you' 'outside' 'sit'
âYou sit outsideâ.
Apart from functioning like an argument of a verb, these elements also modify another noun taking postposition 'kA'.
h6. usakA baDZA bhAI Upara ke hisse meM rahatA hE
'his' 'elder' 'brother' 'upstairs' 'of' 'portion' 'in' 'live' 'PRES'
âHis elder brother lives in the upper portion of the houseâ.
5.1.2.2 Apart from occuring as a nominal expression, they also occur as a part of a postposition along with 'ke'. For example,
h7. ghaDZe ke Upara thAlI rakhI hE.
'pot' 'of' 'above' 'plate' 'kept' 'is'
The plate is kept on the potâ.
h8. tuma ghara ke bAhara bETho
'you' 'home' 'of' 'outside' 'sit'
âYou sit outside the houseâ.
'Upara' and 'bAhara' are parts of complex postpositions 'ke Upara' and 'ke bAhara' in (h6) and (h7) respectively which can be translated into English prepositions 'on' and 'outside'.
For tagging such words, one possible option is to tag them according to their syntactic function in the given context. For example in 5.2.2 (h7) above, the word 'Upara' is occurring as part of a postposition or a relation marker. It can, therefore, be marked as a postposition. Similarly, in 5.2.1. (h3) and (h6) above, it is a noun, therefore, mark it as a noun and so on. Alternatively, since these words are more like nouns, as is evident from 5.2.1 above they can be tagged as nouns in all there occurrences. The same would apply to 'bAhAra' (outside)
in examples examples (h4), (h5) and (h8).
However, if we follow any of the above approaches we miss out on the fact that this class of words is slightly different from other nouns. These are nouns which indicate 'location' or 'time'. At the same time, they also function as postpositions in certain contexts. Moreover, such words, if tagged according to their syntactic function, will hamper machine learning. Considering their special status, it was considered whether to introduce a new tag, NST, for such expressions. The following five possibilities were discussed :
a) Tag both (h5) & (h8) as NN
b) Tag both (h5) & (h8) as NST
c) Tag (h5) as NN & (h8) as NST
d) Tag (h5) as NST & (h8) as PSP
e) Tag (h5) as NN & (h8) as PSP
After considering all the above, the decision was taken in favour of (b). The decision was primarily based on the following observations:
(i) 'bAhara' in both (h5) and (h8) denotes the same expression (place expression 'outside')
(ii) In both (h5) and (h8), 'bAhara' can take a vibhakti like a noun ( bAhara ko bETho, ghara ke bAhara ko bETho)
(iii) If a single tag is kept for both the usages, the decision making for annotators would also be easier.
Therefore, a new tag NST is introduced for such expressions. The tag NST will be used for a finite set of such words in any language. For example, Hindi has
Age (front), pIche (behind), Upara (above/upstairs), nIce (below/down), bAda (after), pahale (before), andara (inside), bAhara (outside) etc."
(Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf)
EAGLES Noun with Countability="Countable".
A countable noun (also count noun) is a noun which can be modified by a numeral
and occur in both singular and plural form, as well as co-occurring with
quantificational determiners like every, each, several, most, etc..
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countable_noun 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2226
relation noun
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2226)
relation noun
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2225
diminutive noun
(MIRACL LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2225)
diminutive noun
subClassOf noun (dcif:isA);
can be proper name (German Julchen from Julia, Russian Olichka from Olga)
or common noun (German Blümchen from Blume "flower", Russian yozhik from yozh "hedgehock")
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2253
noun of a voice
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2253)
voice noun
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3004 (plainVerb)
main verb
plain verb
to be renamed to LexicalVerb ("main verb" can also mean "head of a finite clause")
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1400 (main verb)
Main verb in contrast to a modal or an auxiliary.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1400)
verb which has its own semantics (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3004, plainVerb)
main verb
subClassOf verb (dcif:isA)
true
This is an ill-defined concept originating from ISOcat. It is however, not possible to circumscribe it in OLiA as it lacks an established concept of deficiency. Despite the unsatisfactory definition, this was thus adopted in OLiA for compatibility with ISOcat, but marked as deprecated.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3007
verb lacking certain morphosyntactic properties
no definition given
adopted from the Bambara Reference Corpus (BRC, http://cormand.huma-num.fr/gloses.html)
qualitative verb
verbe qualitatif
An agentive verb marks the semantic role of agent or the doer of an action.
Example:
༠༠ས༠༠༠à½à½¦à½à¼ à½à¼
Dorji-gi jele sänu
'Dorji killed the cat'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#HonorificVerb)
Dzongkha uses honorific forms: à½à¼à½à½à½ à¼/nam za/
(cloths) is the honorific form of the noun à½à½¼à¼
ལà¼/gola/(cloths), à½à½¦à½à½¦à¼/sung/(tell) the honorific
form of the verb སà½à¼/lab/(tell). We opted to mark
them by adding the tag NNH (honorific
common noun) and VBH (honorific verb) to
enable future research on this specific usage of
Dzongkha language. A number of tags were
added to the set, of which we describe four in
more detail: two of the additional tags are subclasses
of verbs: VBH (honorific verb form),
and VBN which describes past participle forms,
like, e.g. à½à½à½à¼/jun/(created), the past particle
form of à½à½à¼/jung/(create).
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#AspirationalVerb)
It is a verb, which indicates a strong desire to achieve something, without the doer.
à½à½à¼à½ ༠à½à¼ ༠à¼à½à½¢à¼ à½à¼
dag-pai zhing-lu kewa shÃ
'May i be born in pure land'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
A non-agentive verb is a type of verb, which indicates an action without the doer.
Example:
à½à¼à½à¼ འར༠སà¼
'lungma phur-dä
'A wind is blowing'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#NonAgentiveVerb
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306
An impersonal verb is a verb that - occurs only in third person singular forms - has no specified agent , and - has a dummy subject or no subject.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnImpersonalVerb.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306)
(of a verb) having no logical subject. Usually in English the pronoun it is used in such cases as a grammatical subject, as for example in It is raining. (of a pronoun) not denoting a person
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=impersonal; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1306)
Impersonal
EAGLES Verb with Finiteness="Non-finite".
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1332
Verb forms occurring on their own only in dependent clauses and lacking tense and mood contrasts.
(adapted from Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1332)
A non-finite verb is a verb that is not fully inflected for categories that are marked inflectionally in a language,
such as the following: Tense, Aspect, Modality, Number, Person.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsANonfiniteVerb.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES NonFiniteVerbs with VerbForm="Infinitive"
An infinitive is the base form of a verb.
It is unmarked for inflectional categories such as the following: Aspect, Modality, Number, Person and Tense.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnInfinitive.htm 19.09.06)
Missing in EAGLES, added as subclass of Verb and Noun in accordance with the SFB632 annotation guidelines:
VN verbal noun (§4.3.12.2):
Some of the Chadic
languages have morphologically opaque verbal noun stems in
the progresive aspect, i.e. it is not obvious from the morphology that
we deal with a deverbal noun, instead of a verb proper. In such cases,
use the tag VN.
A verbal noun is a noun formed directly as an inflexion of a verb or a verb stem, sharing at least in part its constructions.
This term is applied especially to gerunds, and sometimes also to infinitives and supines.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Verbal_noun 19.09.06)
masdar
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2224
property that expresses a verbal idea under an abstract form. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2224)
the verbal noun present in Arabic and various Caucasian languages, such as Georgian and North-Caucasian languages. This grammatical term is an Arabic word, used later as a specialized, technical term to name the verbal noun in Arabic and Caucasian grammar. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Masdar)
Introduced to account for Converbs in Armenian and other languages, a generalization over деепÑиÑаÑÑие
TODO: clarify terminological relation between Converb, Supine and AdverbialParticiple
A converb is "[...] a nonfinite verb form whose main function is to mark adverbial subordination. Another way of putting it is that converbs are verbal adverbs, just like participles are verbal adjectives."
Haspelmath, M., & König, E. (1995). Converbs in cross-linguistic perspective, p. 3
EAGLES NonFiniteVerb with VerbForm="Supine".
Supine is a nonfinite form of motion verbs with functions similar to that of an infinitive (Angelika Adams)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1341
EAGLES NonFinite with VerbForm="Participle".
A participle is a lexical item, derived from a verb that has some of the characteristics and functions of both verbs and adjectives.
In English, participles may be used as adjectives, and in non-finite forms of verbs.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAParticiple.htm 19.09.06)
Non-finite form of a verb other than the infinitive that is used in many languages possibly in conjunction with an auxiliary and that functions attributively, predicatively or adverbially. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1341)
participle
participe
adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages
e.g. Bengali বà§à¦à¦²à§ (bujhle) from বà§à¦à¦¾ (bojha) "to understand" (http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/%E0%A6%AC%E0%A7%8B%E0%A6%9D%E0%A6%BE)
[In Bengali, t]he Conditional Participle is widely used to convey "if a certain action [pertaining to the parent verb] is done,...". The logic is: "in the
case or condition of a certain action being done". Being impersonal, without regard for the doer of the action that caused the condition, it
is not declined to suit number or gender. If this doer is not defined in the Bengali condition clause but needs to be stated in a
natural-sounding English translation, this is identified and drawn from the second clause. For example:-
Student: Teaching Truth in Bengali
If you pay attention,* you will learn.
manoyog kar-*le* tumi shikh-be.
* [or, If attention is paid]
(http://www.jaspell.co.uk/bengalicourse2007/wb149study49.pdf)
TODO: check whether this could be modelled as Participle and hasMood some ConditionalMood
introduced as a shorthand for Participle and hasTense some Present
introduced as a shorthand for Participle and hasTense some Past
EAGLES NonFiniteVerb with VerbForm="Gerund"; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2243 (gerundive)
property for a non-finite form of a verb other than the infinitive.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2243)
A gerund is a kind of verbal noun that exists in some languages. In today's English,
gerunds are nouns built from a verb with an '-ing' suffix. They can be used as the
subject of a sentence, an object, or an object of preposition. They can also be used
to complement a subject. Often, gerunds exist side-by-side with nouns that come from
the same root but the gerund and the common noun have different shades of meaning.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gerund, http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/English:Gerund 19.09.06)
The term _gerund_ is ambiguous: with respect to Latin, in whose grammatical tradition it originates, it refers to a deverbal noun, and is needed in this function for Polish as well; in descriptions of some other languages, however, it has been used for an adverbial participle.
The two meanings have nothing in common, except that the English _ing_-form can translate both. (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/09)
Here, it is assumed that Gerund refers only to deverbal nouns, cf. NominalNonfiniteVerb in the IIIT tagset (http://purl.org/olia/iiit.owl#NominalNonFiniteVerb)
cf. ILPOSTS NominalParticiple, for Indian languages, there in contrast with AdjectivalParticiple, AdverbialParticiple and ConditionalParticiple, but no definition provided.
(http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NominalParticiple)
Introduced in accordance with EAGLES, where 'Ing' is suggested as a cover term for the Gerund-Participle-Merger in English.
This is, however, a language-specific phenomenon and should instead be represented by multiple inheritance from
OLiA Reference Model concepts.
English verb forms ending in '-ing' that represent either Gerunds or Participles.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#LightVerb, for Farsi
In linguistics, a light verb is a verb participating in complex predication that has little semantic content of its own, but provides through inflection some details on the event semantics, such as aspect, mood, or tense. The semantics of the compound, as well as its argument structure, are determined by the head or primary component of the compound, which may be a verb or noun (V+V or V+N compounds). Other names for "light verb" include: vector verb or explicator verb, emphasising its role within the compound; or thin verb or semantically weak verb, emphasising (as with "light") its lack of semantics. A "semantically weak" verb is not to be confused with a "weak verb" as in the Germanic weak inflection. Light verbs are similar to auxiliary verbs in some ways.
Most English light verbs occur in V+N forms sometimes called "stretched verbs": for example, take in take a nap, where the primary sense is provided by "nap", and "take" is the light verb. The light verbs most common in these constructions are also common in phrasal verbs. A verb which is "light" in one context may be "heavy" in another: as with "take" in I will take a book to read.
Examples in other languages include the Yiddish geb in geb a helf (literally give a help, "help"); the French faire in faire semblant (lit. make seeming, "pretend"); the Hindi nikal paRA (lit. leave fall, "start to leave"); and the bÇ construction in Chinese.[1] Some verbs are found in many such expressions; to reuse an earlier example, take is found in take a nap, take a shower, take a sip, take a bow, take turns, and so on. Light verbs are extremely common in Indo-Iranian languages, Japanese, and other languages in which verb compounding is a primary mechanism for marking aspectual distinctions.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Light_verb)
auxiliary verb
auxiliary
auxiliaire
EAGLES Verbs with Status="Auxiliary", http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1244
An auxiliary verb is a verb which accompanies the lexical verb of a verb phrase,
and expresses grammatical distinctions not carried by the lexical verb, such as
person, number, tense aspect, and voice.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAuxiliaryVerb.htm 19.09.06)
Besides modal verbs ("semiauxiliary") and "strict" auxiliary verbs, also copulas
are classified under auxiliary verbs here, as this is a praxis applied in practically every
EAGLES-conformant morphosyntactic annotation scheme.
Part of speech referring to the set of verbs, subordinate to the main lexical verb which help
to make distinction in mood, aspect, voice etc.
(Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1244)
Added for compatibility with the SFB632 annotation guidelines.
May correspond to the (optional, French-only) EAGLES feature value "semiauxiliary".
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1329
TODO: rename to semiauxiliary, this seems to be a more language-independent term
Verb form that is usually used with another verb to express ideas such as possibilities, permission, or intention.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1329)
A modal verb (also modal, modal auxiliary verb, modal auxiliary) is a type of auxiliary
verb that is used to indicate modality. The use of auxiliary verbs to express modality
is characteristic of Germanic languages.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Modal_verb 19.09.06)
In addition to main and auxiliary verbs, it may be useful (e.g. in English) to recognise an intermediate
category of semi-auxiliary for such verbs as be going to, have got to, ought to.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1v 20.09.06)
The auxiliaries in English subdivide into the primary verbs `be', `have', and `do', which can also function
as main verbs, and the modal auxiliaries such as `can', `will', and `would', which are uninflected, and always
function as auxiliaries.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/morphsyn/node158.html#SECTION00054800000000000000)
Definition in accordance with the SFB632 definition of "auxiliary verb" as non-copular and non-modal verb.
In EAGLES, auxiliary verb also seems to be non-modal:
In addition to main and auxiliary verbs, it may be useful (e.g. in English) to recognise an intermediate
category of semi-auxiliary for such verbs as be going to, have got to, ought to.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1v 20.09.06)
Non-modal, non-copular auxiliary verb.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1299
The verb have as an auxiliary.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnAuxiliaryVerb.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1299)
have
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1246
Verb used to link the subject of a sentence and its noun or adjective complement or complementing phrase in certain languages. This verb could be used also to form the passive voice.
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=be -> 4); http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1246)
be
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
adopted from Sajjad (2007) for Urdu, cf. http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#AspectualAuxiliary
An auxiliary that marks exclusively aspect, e.g., in Urdu:
Auxiliaries:
Based on the syntactic nature of Urdu, auxiliaries are divided into two categories. Aspectual
auxiliaries always occur after main verb of the sentence. Tense auxiliaries are used to show the
time of the action. They occurred at the end of the verb phrase (Sajjad 2007).
E.g., Urdu rahÄ, an auxiliary element is used to mark the durative aspect. (Hardie 2004, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#RahaAuxiliary)
adopted from Sajjad (2007) for Urdu, cf. http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#TenseAuxiliary
An auxiliary that marks exclusively tense, e.g., in Urdu:
Auxiliaries:
Based on the syntactic nature of Urdu, auxiliaries are divided into two categories. Aspectual
auxiliaries always occur after main verb of the sentence. Tense auxiliaries are used to show the
time of the action. They occurred at the end of the verb phrase. (Sajjad 2007).
In Urdu, the auxiliary gÄ indicates future tense when it follows a verb in the subjunctive
form. (http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#GaAuxiliary)
Adopted from the SFB632 annotation guidelines.
In EAGLES, copulas are not distinguished from auxiliaries, hence represented as such here.
A copula is an intransitivity verb which links a subject to a noun phrase,
an adjective or an other constituent which expresses the predicate.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACopula.htm 19.09.06)
copula
copule
EAGLES Verb with Finiteness="Finite".
A finite verb is a verb form that occurs in an independent clause, and
is fully inflected according to the inflectional categories marked on
verbs in the language.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAFiniteVerb.htm 19.09.06)
Property applied to a verb form that can occur on its own in an independent sentence.
(Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1287)
EAGLES finite verbs with VerbForm="Subjunctive".
TODO: remodelling by properties
A subjunctive verb is typically used to expresses wishes,
commands (in subordinate clauses), emotion, possibility,
judgment, necessity, and statements that are contrary to
fact at present.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subjunctive_mood 19.09.06)
EAGLES finite verb with VerbForm="Conditional".
TODO: reimplement with properties
A conditional verb is a verb form in many languages. It is used
to express degrees of certainty or uncertainty and hypothesis
about past, present, or future. Such forms often occur in
conditional sentences.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conditional_mood 19.09.06)
EAGLES FiniteVerb with VerbForm="Imperative"
An imperative verb is used to express commands, direct requests, and
prohibitions. Often, direct use of the imperative mood may appear
blunt or even rude, so it is often used with care. Example: "Paul,
read that book".
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_mood#Imperative_mood 19.09.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Quotative, MTE VForm="quotative" (Estonian)
A quotative is grammatical device to mark reported speech in some languages (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotative), e.g., in Estonian.<br/>
‘Reportedly, while he was going (in his boat), he turned over.’
Ta olevat oma paadiga ümber läinud
He was_QUOTATIVE his_own boat_WITH over gone.<br/>
(Estonian translation of an example given under http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuotativeEvidential.htm)
(Heiki-Jaan Kaalep, email 2010/06/22)
EAGLES FiniteVerb with VerbForm="Indicative"
Indicative mood is used in factual statements. All intentions in
speaking that a particular language does not put into another mood
use the indicative. It is the most commonly used mood and is found
in all languages.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_mood#Indicative_mood 19.09.06)
introduced AttributivePronoun as subclass of Determiner (Article is no AttributivePronoun)
EAGLES PronounOrDeterminer with category="Determiner"
Note that "Determiner" in OLiA also covers determiner-like elements in languages without grammaticalized determiner category.
This is because AttributePronoun is defined as being in the intersection of Determiner and Pronoun.
In languages without grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns are, howevetr, not characterized as determiners, but rather as adjectives.
In order to provide a uniform modeling of attributive pronouns, they are defined here as being the intersection of Determiner and Pronoun.
(Chiarcos)
A determiner is a noun modifier that expresses the reference of a noun or noun phrase
in the context, including quantity, rather than attributes expressed by adjectives.
This part of speech is defined in some languages, such as in English, as it is distinct
from adjectives grammatically, though most English dictionaries still identify the
determiners as adjectives.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Determiner 19.09.06)
determiner
determinatif
An attributive pronoun is a pronoun that modifies an NP.
In languages with grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns are determiners.
In languages without grammaticalized determiners, attributive pronouns are described as adjectives.
In order to provide a uniform modeling of attributive pronouns, they are defined here as being the intersection of Determiner and Pronoun.
Note that this entails that the definition of "Determiner" is broadened to include determiner-like elements in languages without grammatical determiners.
(Chiarcos)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer
Determiner/Type="emphatic" (Romanian)<br/>
In Romanian, there are specific forms for the so-called emphatic determiner, which may accompany both a noun and a personal pronoun: fata însăşi (the girl herself), also ea însăşi (she herself). e.g.,
însele/însumi, însemi/însumi, însene/însumi, însevă/însumi, înseşi/însumi, înseţi/însumi, însumi, însuşi/însumi, însuţi/însumi
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer)
true
deprecated: merely shorthand for Determiner and hasEmphasis some Emphatic
EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Demonstrative".
Demonstratives are deictic expressions (they depend on an external frame of reference)
which indicate entities a speaker refers to, and distinguishes those entities from
others. Demonstratives are usually employed for spatial deixis (using the context of
the physical surroundings), but in many languages they double as discourse deictics,
referring not to concrete objects but to words, phrases and propositions mentioned in
speech.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demonstrative 19.09.06)
EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Indefinite"
An indefinite determiner is a determiner that expresses a referent's
indefinite number or amount, i.e. "some", "any", "many".
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuantifier.htm 22.09.06)
Note that here, a separate top-level class Quantifier has been introduced that
covers expressions of number and amount as *semantic* concepts. Plural indefinite
determiners are thus to be modeled as IndefiniteDeteriner and Quantifier.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeDeterminer
Determiner/Type="negative" (Romanian)<br/>
In Romanian the negative determiner is expressed by the unit nici + indefinite article (e.g. nici un, nici o). (MTE v4)
e.g., nici-o/nici_un, nici_o/nici_un, nici_un, nici_unei/nici_un, nici_unii/nici_un, nici_unor/nici_un, nici_unui/nici_un
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeDeterminer)
EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Possessive".
A possessive determiner is a part of speech that modifies a noun
by attributing ownership to someone or something.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Possessive_adjective 19.09.06)
shorthand for ReflexiveDeterminer and PossessiveDeterminer, relevant for MULTEXT-East (Slavic) and EMILLE (Urdu), http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ReflexivePossessiveAdjective
Attributive possessive pronoun form of the reflexive pronoun, e.g., Russian Ñвой:
Ðбама на Ñвой Ð´ÐµÐ½Ñ ÑÐ¾Ð¶Ð´ÐµÐ½Ð¸Ñ ÑгоÑал гоÑÑей ÑÑейками и Ñ
оÑ-догами.
Obama on his day of.birth entertained guests with.steaks and hot.dogs
"On his birthday, Obama entertained his guests with steaks and hot dogs." (http://ua.rian.ru/world_news/20110805/78815136.html)
The antecedent of a possessive reflexive is not determined by its gender, but by its syntactic prominence.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3005
A relative pronoun whose antecedent is the possessor of the subject or object in the relative clause.
here "Pronoun" seems to refer to attributive pronoun, as the corresponding possessiverelativeDeterminer is not found in ISOcat
(substitutive possessive relative pronouns [without accompanying noun] do exist, but are comparably marked, cf. "I remember whose lines these are." vs. "I remember certain lines and whose they are." In this example, the latter is actually an elliptical construction with an elided head noun)
EAGLES Determiner with DetType="Partitive".
TODO: Check the relationship between PartitiveDeterminer and PartitiveCase:
The partitive case is a grammatical case which denotes "partialness",
"without result", or "without specific identity"
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#partitiveCase,
with reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partitive).
PartitiveCase expresses the partial nature of the referent of the noun
it marks, as opposed to expressing the whole unit or class of which the
referent is a part. This case may be found in items such as the
following: existential clauses, nouns that are accompanied by numerals
or units of measure, or predications of material from which something
is made. It often has a meaning similar to the English word 'some'.
(GOLD, "Partitive"; see there for references)
A partitive determiner indicates an indefinite quantity of a mass noun;
there is no partitive article in English, though the words some or any
often have that function.
(Wilson and Leech 1996)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1377
TOCHECK: Are there non-possessive reflexive determiners ?
Determiner that refers to the same entity.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1377)
reflexive adjective
subClassOf determiner (dcif:isA)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#UniquitiveDeterminer
Determiner/Type="exceptional" is applied to the Persian uniquitive determiner تنها i.e., "the only" (MTE v4; Hamidreza Kobdani, email 2010/06/15, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#UniquitiveDeterminer)
TODO: This class is based on surface criteria of Indo-European languages.
In other (and even IE) languages, relative pronouns are partly also derived from
non-interrogatives, but rather from demonstratives, cf. English "that".
Should be abandoned unless language-independent evidence for its existence
is provided.
DEPRECATED: to be replaced by InterrogativeDeterminer or RelativeDeterminer
true
EAGLES Determiner with Det.-Type="Int./Rel.".
EAGLES Determiner with optional attribute WhType="Exclamatory"
A exclamatory determiner is used in combination with a Nominal Phrase in order to create
an exclamation (a more emphatic form of statement), e.g. "What a lovely colour!", "What a wonderful day this is!"
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/pub/eagles/lexicons/elm_en.ps.gz, p.27, 07.05.07;
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sentence_(linguistics), 07.05.07)
EAGLES Determiner with Wh-Type="Relative".
The relative determiner describes a attributive relative pronoun. In German
"wessen" in "Ich weiss nicht, wessen Auto das ist." or the English "whose"
in "The man whose daughter became ill.".
The relative determiner needs a noun to complete a NP (Nominal Phrase).
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/pub/eagles/lexicons/elm_en.ps.gz, p.28, 07.05.07)
EAGLES Determiner with WhType="Interrogative"
A interrogative is a function word used to introduce an interrogative clause.
E.g. "which", "what", "whose" (interrogative possessive determiner) are
interrogative determiner in English.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Interrogative_word 02.05.07)
EAGLE top-level category "Article" (AT):
In Eagles articles are subsumed under determiners and kept
as a separate class. It is a sub-class of determiners which is disjoint with the other determiner classes.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recn 18.09.06)
Modelled here as sub-class of Determiner because of its syntactic
function.
An article is a member of a small class of determiners that identify
a noun's definite or indefinite reference, and the new or given status.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnArticle.htm 02.05.07)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveArticle
not to be confused with PoessiveDeterminer
In Romanian, the possessive article (also called genitival article) is an element in the structure of the possessive pronoun, of the ordinal numeral (e.g. al meu (mine) and al treilea (the third)), and of the indefinite genitive forms of the nouns (e.g. capitol al cărţii (chapter of the book)), e.g., -al/al, a/al, ai/al, al, ale/al, alor/al (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveArticle)
EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Definite".
A definite article is used before singular and plural nouns that refer to a
particular member of a group.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_%28grammar%29 18.09.06)
introduced to account for the specific determiner in Farsi (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer)
specific determiner
specific article
"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the
two readings of English indefinites like (3):
(3) Iʼm looking for a deer.
In the specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am
looking for. In the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer.
Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the
ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being
introduced as a new discourse referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which
requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ
In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific
demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite."
(Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language, http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer
Persian does have an article, but it marks specificity rather than definiteness. The Persian article is similar to the Balkan one (a clitic of pronominal origin that's written together with the word), except that it isn't exactly definite (you can even see it described as an indefinite article).
(Ivan A. Derzhanski, p.c. 2010/06/18)
clitic specific article
clitic specific determiner
introduced in analogy with SpecificArticle
nonspecific determiner
nonspecific article
"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the
two readings of English indefinites like (3):
(3) Iʼm looking for a deer.
In the specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am
looking for. In the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer.
Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the
ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being
introduced as a new discourse referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which
requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ
In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific
demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite."
(Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language, http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1928
For definiteness, when a specific form is the syntactic subject of the clause.
(DFKI; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1928)
full article
DCR: "full article" in dcif:conceptualDomain definiteness, remodelled as a property of DefiniteArticles here
cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDistalDeterminer
clitic definite determiner, e.g., in Macedonian, Bulgarian, and Romanian (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDeterminerType)
clitic definite article
clitic definite determiner
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1927 (short article)
For definiteness, when a specific form is not the syntactic subject of the clause.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1927)
short article
DCR: subClassOf definiteness (dcif:conceptualDomain)
TODO: Check relationship with PartitiveDeterminer
EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Partitive". (optional for French)
A partitive article indicates an indefinite quantity of a mass noun; there is no partitive
article in English, though the words some or any often have that function. An example is
French du / de la / des, as in Voulez-vous du café? ("Do you want some coffee?" or "Do you
want coffee").
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_(grammar) 19.09.06)
EAGLES Article with Article-Type="Indefinite".
An indefinite article is used before singular nouns that refer to
any member of a group.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Article_%28grammar%29 18.09.06)
EAGLES Adposition with Type="FusedPrepArt"
The additional value Fused prep-art is for the benefit of those who do not find it
practical to split fused words such as French au (= Ã + le) into two text words.
This very common phenomenon of a fused preposition + article in West European
languages should preferably, however, be handled by assigning two tags to the
same orthographic word (one for the preposition and one for the article).
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1ap 19.09.06)
EAGLES PronounOrDeterminer with Category="Pronoun".
A pronoun is a pro-form which functions like a noun and substitutes for a
noun or a noun-phrase. A language may have several classes of pronouns.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPronoun.htm 19.09.06)
A pronominal is a phrase that functions as a pronoun
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPronominal.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1369)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
A pronoun, which classifies or differentiates(pronoun) by a single basis, like everybody; each; individual etc.
འà½à¼à½ ༠༠ར༠à½à¼à½¢à¼ à½à¼ à½à¼ à½à¼à½à¼ སà¼à½ à¼
Drupai Miser Gara Enrung Dzongkha ShegÃ
'Every Bhutanese must know Dzongkha'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
TOCHECK: maybe this is a quantifier ?
adopted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Distributivity is a property of Pronominals
When the subject is conjoined, the reflexive cannot refer to only one of them. The proform has to be a distributive pronoun, i.e., the reduplicated form, when it has coreference to respective subjects, e.g.,
*kumaarum_i/Kumar.and umaavum_j/Uma.and tan_i+j/self-poss puunekki/cat.to paalu/milk kuDuttaanaanga/give-pst-aggr.
"*Kumar_i and Uma gave milk to his_i/her_j cat."
(Annamalai 2000, p. 189, on Tamil)
Unlike reciprocals, the two parts of a distributive pronoun cannot be considered as two full, independent NPs. In "awar/1 awar/2", only "awar/2" is case marked; "awar/1" is its citation form. Also, the two parts cannot be separated by intervening material (cf. English "one another").
(Jayaseelan 2000, p. 149, on Malayalam)
(K.A. Jayaseelan, 2000, Lexical anaphors and pronouns in Malayalam, In: Barbara C. Lust, Kashi Wali, James W. Gair, K.V.Subharao (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian Languages. A Principled Typology, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 113-168)
(E. Annamalai, 2000, Lexical anaphors and pronouns in Tamil, , In: Barbara C. Lust, Kashi Wali, James W. Gair, K.V.Subharao (eds.), Lexical Anaphors and Pronouns in Selected South Asian Languages. A Principled Typology, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 169-216)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
A Locative pronoun is a pronoun, which locates the object of a noun or place of anything.
༠à½à¼ à½à½¦à¼ à½à¼ ༠à½à¼
Nâ[LP] PhÃntsho'ling-lu ShÃ
'Come here at Phuntsholing'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
TODO: clarify relationship with pronominal adverb
introduced to account for non-attributive pronouns, see olia:AttributivePronoun
non-attributive pronoun
EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Demonstrative".
TODO:
This definition is nonsatisfactory, cf. Ehlich (1982) for intra-textual ("anadeictic") uses of demonstratives.
Demonstrative pronouns are deictic words (they depend on an external frame of reference).
They indicate which entities a speaker refers to, and distinguishes those entities from others.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Demonstrative_pronoun 19.09.06)
EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Possessive".
TODO: Check regrouping possibilities, as it is covered by the GOLD definition of PersonalPronoun
(i.e., person marking, although no person congruency).
PossessivePronoun isn't disjoint with IndefinitePronoun (German: "jemandes" nach jemandes Pfeife tanzen),
DemonstrativePronoun (German:"dessen" Zähne alle exakt gleich waren), WHPronoun (German:
"wessen" Bedürfnissen soll sie genügen), ReflexivePronoun (Old English "sin" his/her/its).
A possessive pronoun is a pronoun that expresses relationships like ownership, such as kinship, and other forms of association.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPossessivePronoun.htm 19.09.06)
check for a definition
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2222
conditional pronoun
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2222)
conditional pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941
Pronoun marked to show its importance.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941)
emphatic pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)
true
DEPRECATED: shorthand for Pronoun and hasEmphasis some Emphatic
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2223
pronoun that have reference to something characterized by allusions.
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2223)
an invariable pronoun expressing a specific intention by means of unclear term
(Khemakhem Aida, 2010-05-10 via isocat-morpho@loria.fr)
examples from Arabic (Monica Monachini 2010-05-06 via isocat-morpho@loria.fr):
"kam nahaituhu" (how often I forbade him, Hans Wehr),
"baas Saar `amra `ashr isniin, gam (= kam) yriid paysikil" (He just turned ten, and here [how] he wants a bicycle, Georgetown University Iraqi Arabic-English Dictionary),
"gam (= kam) yurguS imnil-faraH" ([how] he jumped for joy, Georgetown University Iraqi Arabic-English Dictionary)
allusive pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun
In the Russian MTE v4 specs, Pronoun/Type="nonspecific" marks the following Russian words: весь 'all', всякий 'any, every', сам 'oneself', самый 'the very', каждый 'every, each', иной 'other', любой 'any', другой 'other'. The name "nonspecific" follows Halliday (1985, Section 6.2.1.1). (MTE v4)
A nonspecific pronoun refers to an unidentified or general entity (e.g., "I saw *someone*", "I saw *everyone*"). A nonspecific pronoun is not, therefore, a personal pronoun, but an indefinite one. (Andrews 2003).
Andrews, Richard J. (2003), Introduction to Classical Nahuatl. University of Oklahoma Press.
Halliday, M.A.K. (1985), An introduction to Functional Grammar, London: Edward Arnold
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1426
Pronoun lacking person referent.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1426)
More precisely, a form of pronoun that denotes the absence of a concrete or specific referent, e.g., German "man".
As opposed to IndefinitePronoun, this referent is not just discourse-new, but generic or hypothetical.
impersonal pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)
EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Indefinite".
An indefinite pronoun is a pronoun that belongs to a class whose members
indicate indefinite reference. Examples in English are "anybody", "one",
"somebody".
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnIndefinitePronoun.htm 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1925
Pronoun used in a context of a negation or for expressing a negation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1925)
negative pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA), reclassification as IndefinitePronoun follows EAGLES and STTS praxis
true
TODO: Check cross-linguistic validity of this class.
This class is based on surface criteria of Indo-European languages.
In other (and even IE) languages, relative pronouns are partly also derived from
non-interrogatives, but rather from demonstratives, cf. English "that".
Should be abandoned unless language-independent evidence for its existence
is provided.
DEPRECATED: to be replaced with InterrogativePronoun or RelativePronoun
EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Int./Rel.".
EAGLES WHPronoun with Wh-Type="Exclamatory".
An exclamative pronoun is a word which marks an exclamation.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnExclamative.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES WHPronoun with Wh-Type="Relative".
A relative pronoun is a pronoun that marks a relative clause,
functions grammatically within the relative clause, and is
coreferential to the word modified by the relative clause.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsARelativePronoun.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES WHPronoun with Wh-Type="Interrogative".
A interrogative pronoun is a pro-form that is used in questions in place of the item questioned for.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnInterrogativeProForm.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES Pronoun with Pron.-Type="Pers/Ref".
TODO: This class should be renamed to PersonalPronoun, as it corresponds
to the definition of PersonalPronoun in GOLD.
Subclasses then should be renamed to ReflexivePronoun and NonreflexivePersonalPronoun.
In Eagles personal and reflexive pronouns are brought together as a single value Pers./Refl.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recp 19.09.06)
EAGLES PersReflPronoun with SpecialPronounType="Reflexive".
A reflexive pronoun is a pronoun that has coreference with the subject.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAReflexivePronoun.htm 19.09.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DeterminalPronoun
Not to be confused with pronominal determiners
The Estonian determinal pronouns _ise_, _end(a)_ `(one)self'." combine aspects of emphatic pronouns and reflexive pronouns.
It could also be described as an intensifier that is formally identical with the reflexive pronoun or as an emphatic reflexive pronoun.
(Ivan A. Derzhanski, Heiki-Jaan Kaalep, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DeterminalPronoun;
Insa Gülzow (2006), The acquisition of intensifiers: Emphatic reflexives in English and German child language, Mouton de Gruyter, Berlin, p. 258)
irreflexive personal pronoun
personal pronoun
pronom personnel
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3013 (irreflexive personal pronoun)
EAGLES PersReflPronoun with "Special PronounType"="Personal".
TODO: the SIL definition (also used in GOLD) is nonsatisfactory.
German reflexive pronouns have person distinction, so this definition actually
applies to EAGLES PersReflPronoun rather than EAGLES PersonalPronoun.
A personal pronoun is a pronoun that expresses a distinction of person deixis.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAPersonalPronoun.htm 19.09.06)
Note that (despite the SIL definition), an olia:PersonalPronoun refers to irreflexive personal pronouns. Personal pronoun categories without reflexivity sensitivity should be mapped onto olia:PersReflPronoun. (CC)
EAGLES PersReflPronoun with "Special PronounType"="Reciprocal".
A reciprocal pronoun is a pronoun that expresses a mutual feeling or action among the referents of a plural subject.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAReciprocalPronoun.htm 19.09.06)
Missing in the EAGLES recommendations, added in accordance with the TIGER annotation scheme (for German).
As expletive pronouns often (e.g., in German or English) have the form of 3.sg personal pronouns,
expletives are modelled here as subclass of ThirdPersonPronoun.
TODO: compare with GOLD, modeled as a PartOfSpeechProperty there
TODO: revise definition, the GOLD definition applies to copula, too.
An expletive (also known as a dummy word) is a part of speech whose members have no meaning,
but complete a sentence to make it grammatical [Crystal 1997, 127]
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Expletive)
In European languages, expletives are pronouns. A verbal part of speech that
"has no meaning, but complete a sentence to make it grammatical" is a copula (see AuxiliaryVerb).
Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es]
are traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es (structural expletive)
(cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)). ...
The formal subject obligatorily occurs with weather verbs, e.g. "Es regnet" and unpersonal
or agentless constructions such as "Es gibt so eine Buchung" or "Es geht um populäre Unterhaltung."
Some verbs optionally permit an expletive subject but also occur with referential subjects such as
"Max/Es kopft an der Tür." A formal object is found in constructions like
"jmd. legt es an auf etw." or "jmd. verdirbt es mit jmdm." In all examples mentioned, es
functions as a grammatical argument without semantic contribution, i.e. it does not refer
to a person, object, or event.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.60f)
TüBa-D/Z
Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es]
are traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es (structural expletive)
(cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)).
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.60)
Extraposed clausal arguments:
"Aber [es] ist übertrieben zu sagen, damit bekäme die FU erst eine Identität."
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.62)
TüBa-D/Z
Three different expletive usages [of the German expletive pronoun es]
are traditionally distinguished: formal subject or object (expletive argument),
correlate of an extraposed clausal argument (expletive correlate), and Vorfeld-es (structural expletive)
(cf. (Eisenberg 1999 2001), (Pütz 1986)).
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.60)
In German, a purely structural dummy element ... occurs in Vorfeld position only
and is not correlated with any argument of the clause. It does not agree with the verb
which becomes evident if there is a plural subject in the Mittelfeld:
"es zahlen ihn die Völker, deren Menschenrechte angeblich verteidigt werden."
It is ungrammatical in the Mittelfeld, e.g. *". . . dass es ihn die Völker zahlen".
TüBa-D/Z
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2221, modelled as a subClassOf PersonalPronoun, clitic pronouns are weak personal pronouns
Personnal pronoun that is affixed.
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2221)
affixed personal pronoun
subClassOf pronoun (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1414
Personal pronoun that cannot occupy the position after a preposition and/or reinforce a strong personal pronoun.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1414)
weak personal pronoun
subClassOf personalPronoun (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1390
Personal pronoun that can occupy the position after a preposition and/or reinforce a weak personal pronoun.
(Eagles; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1390)
strong personal pronoun
subClassOf personalPronoun (dcif:isA)
EAGLES Pronoun with Person="Second".
According to Mish et al. (1990:878), this pertains to PersonalPronoun only (and ReflexivePronoun as German "dich"),
so SecondPersonPronoun is modelled as a PersReflPronoun here.
TODO: Person as property
Second person deixis means deictic reference to a person or persons identified as addressee.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsSecondPersonDeixis.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES PersonalPronoun with Politeness="Polite".
The EAGLES attribute politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns.
In French, for example, it is possible to treat Polite simply as pragmatic values encoded
through other attributes - especially person and number.
In languages where there are special polite pronoun forms (e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted),
the additional Politeness attribute is required.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
TODO:
Politeness as feature rather than a concept.
In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or respectful reference,
e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
EAGLES PersonalPronoun with Politeness="Familiar".
The EAGLES attribute politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns.
In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or respectful reference,
e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted. The concept FamiliarSecondPersonPronoun applies to the corresponding unmarked forms for
informal conversiation in such languages.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
EAGLES Pronoun with Person="Third". As only personal and reflexive pronouns show person differentiation,
ThirdPersonPronoun is modelled as a subclass of PersReflConcept here.
Third person reference is a deictic reference to a referent(s) not identified as the speaker or addressee.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsThirdPersonDeixis.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES Pronoun with Person="First". As only personal and reflexive pronouns show person differentiation,
FirstPersonPronoun is modelled as a subclass of PersReflConcept here.
A FirstPersonPronoun refers to the speaker, or to both the speaker and referents grouped with the speaker.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsFirstPersonDeixis.htm 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2075
Punctuation that is more important than a secondary punctuation with regards to sentence splitting in a text.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2075)
main punctuation
subClassOf punctuation (dcif:isA)
added in accordance with http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv
SentenceFinalPunctuation are . ? !.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1444
Sign used to express a question.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1444)
interrogative point
question mark
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2086
Punctuation used at the end a declarative sentence.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1445
Sign (.) used to expresses the end of a sentence or an abbreviation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1445)
dot
point
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1441
Special sign (!) usually used in writing to mark exclamation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1441)
exclamative point
MainPunctuation, not SentenceFinalPunctuation because of the Spanish inverted exclamation point (Chiarcos)
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2087
Punctuation used when the sentence is interrogative.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2087)
interrogative punctuation
Parenthetical elements are dominated by a node labeled PRN. Punctuation marks that set off a parenthetical (i.e., commas, dashes, parentheses (-LRB- and -RRB-)) are contained within the PRN node. Use of PRN is determined ultimately by individual annotator intuition, though the presence of dashes or parentheses strongly suggests a parenthetical.
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with Penn Treebank Bracketing Guidelines (Bies et al. 1995)
TODO: rename to ClosePunctuation to support scripts running from left to right
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2079
added in accordance with EAGLES suggestions (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv)
End of a paired punctuation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2079)
RightParentheticalPunctuation is a punctuation mark which concludes a constituent
whose the opening is marked by a LeftParentheticalPunctuation, e.g. ), ] and Spanish ?.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2083
Punctuation that is graphically represented by ]
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2083)
close bracket
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1440
End of a parenthesis pair.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1440)
close parenthesis
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2085
Punctuation that is graphically represented by }
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2085)
close curly bracket
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991
>
*RAB*
Right angle bracket
(Santorini 1991)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991
]
*RSB*
Right square bracket
(Santorini 1991)
TODO: rename to OpeningPerentheticalPunctuation to support scripts running from left to right.
added in accordance with a suggestion by Wilson and Leech (1996); http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2078 (open punctuation)
Beginning of a paired punctuation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2078)
TODO: rename to OpenPunctuation
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991
<
*LAB*
Left angle bracket
(Santorini 1991)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991
[
*LSB*
Left square bracket
(Santorini 1991)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1443, used as left-parenthetical punctuation in German single quotes
Inverted comma.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1443)
inverted comma
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2088
Punctuation used in certain languages at the beginning of an interrogative sentence.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2088)
inverted question mark
inverted interrogative point
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2084
Punctuation that is graphically represented as {
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2084)
open curly bracket
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1442
Beginning of a pair of parenthesis.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1442)
open parenthesis
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2082
Punctuation that is represented graphically as [
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2082)
open bracket
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2076
Punctuation that is not very important with regards to sentence splitting in a text.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2076)
secondary punctuation
subClassOf punctuation (dcif:isA)
added in accordance with a suggestion by Wilson and Leech (1996)
SentenceMedialPunctuation are , ; : - .
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recv 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1439
Sign with two vertical points that is used in writing and printing to introduce an explanation, example or quotation.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1439)
colon
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1448
Mark (,) used in writing to show a short pause or to separate items in a list.
(Longman DCE 2005; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1448)
comma
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1446
Sign (;) usually used to separate phrases.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1446)
semi-colon
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2077
Punctuation that is graphically presented as "-".
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2077)
hyphen
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2081
Punctuation usually used to surround a quotation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2081)
quote
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1437
The punctuation sign /
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1437)
slash
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
Parenthetical in Russian (instead of "(", ")"), sentence medial in English
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1447
Sequence of three dots having the same meaning as "et cetera" (full form) or "etc" (abbreviated form).
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1447)
suspension points
subClassOf partOfSpeech (dcif:conceptualDomain)
adopted from EMILLE, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#CloseQuotationMark
quotation mark, closing
adopted from EMILLE, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#OpenQuotationMark
quotation mark, opening
shorthand for Quantifier and Noun, adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010)
A noun which quantifies one or more things, regardless of subject and an object.
à½à¼à½à½²à½¦à¼ à½à½à½¼à¼ ལ༠à½à½à¼ à½à½à¼à½
ིà¼
NGAGI BUM 'NGA 'DA CHECI
I girl five with met
âI met with five girls.â
(Jurmey Rabgay, email Sep 20, 2010)
quantifier noun
EAGLES top-level category Numeral (NU).
Modelled as subclass of Quantifier (a concept that is absent in EAGLES) in accordance with GOLD.
DCR subclassification (numberBoth, numeralRoman) ignored
Subclassification combines syntactic (Ordinal/CardinalNumeral) and morphological (Fraction, ApproximateNumeral) criteria. To be resolved. In the MULTEXT-East ontology, the latter aspect is represented as http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MorphologicalFormOfNumeral
A numeral is a word, functioning most typically as an adjective or pronoun,
that expresses a number, and relation to the number, such as one of the
following: Quantity, Sequence, Frequency, Fraction.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsANumeral.htm 19.09.06)
numeral
numératif
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chunkgu et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#NominalNumber)
Nominal numbers are used to identify or refer the things. It does not show the quantity or rank.
Example:
à½à½ºà¼à½à½²à¼ འà½à½£à¼à½ à½à½²à½à¼ ཨà½à¼à½à½à½¦à¼ འà½à½²à¼ ༡༧༦༤༩༠༣༧ ཨིà½à¼
NGIGI DRUELTHRIN ANGDRANG 'DI 17649037 INN
my mobile number is 17649037 be
â My mobile number is 17649037.â
(Jurmey Rabgay, email Sep 20, 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#NominalNumber)
A numeral used to indicate the number of sets/kinds of objects. (Dan Zeman, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3022)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3022
EAGLES Numeral with Type="Cardinal".
A cardinal numeral is a numeral of the class whose members are considered basic
in form, used in counting, and used in expressing how many objects are referred to.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsACardinalNumeral.htm 19.09.06)
EAGLES Numeral with Type="Ordinal".
An ordinal number is a number belonging to a class whose members designate
positions in a sequence, e.g. in English "First", "Second", "Third".
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAOrdinalNumeral.htm 19.09.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral
Numeral/Type="collect" (Romanian)<br/>
In traditional Romanian grammars, expressions like amândoi "both", toţi trei "all three" are referred to as collective numerals. (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)
e.g., czworga/czworo, czworgiem/czworo, czworgu/czworo, czworo/czworo, dwoje/dwoje, dwojga/dwoje, dwojgiem/dwoje, dwojgu/dwoje, jedenaścioro/jedenaścioro (pl, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)
e.g., обата, обајцата, обете, шеесетминава/шеесетмина, шеесетминана/шеесетмина, шеесетмината/шеесетмина, шеснаесетминава/шеснаесетмина, шеснаесетминана/шеснаесетмина, шеснаесетмината/шеснаесетмина (mk, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)
e.g., dvadesetora/dvadesetoro, dvoja/dvoje, dvoje, dvoji/dvoje, dvojih/dvoje, dvojim/dvoje, oboje, tridesetora/tridesetoro, troja/troje (sr, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)
e.g., ambelor/ambii, ambilor/ambii, amânduror/amândoi, amândurora/amândoi, câteşipatru, tuspatru (ro, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CollectiveNumeral)
true
The ISOcat definition entails that this just represents the value of "2". I guess, this is not true, but that this Numeral is actually a DualQuantifier (and should be renamed as such), otherwise, it should be eliminated
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1938
Numeric value for two.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral, http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#FractionalNumeral
fractional numeral
fraction
Numeral/Form="fractional" (Romanian)<br/>
In traditional Romanian grammars, FractionalNumeral refers to expressions like treime-one third. (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)
e.g., treisprezecimea/treisprezecime, treisprezecimi/treisprezecime, treisprezecimii/treisprezecime, treisprezecimile/treisprezecime, treisprezecimilor/treisprezecime, unsprezecimea/unsprezecime, unsprezecimi/unsprezecime, unsprezecimii/unsprezecime, unsprezecimile/unsprezecime (ro, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)
e.g., يکچهارمِ/يکچهار يکپنجمِ/يکپنج (fa, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FractalNumeral)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ApproximateNumeral
Bulgarian has Numeral/Form=approx(a), used for approximate numerals (десетина /about a ten/, стотина /about a hundred/) (Dimitrova et al. 2009, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ApproximateNumeral)
TODO: rename to MultiplicativeNumeral
multiplicative numeral
multiple numeral
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultipleNumeral, http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#MultiplicativeNumeral; As "manyfold" fits Ghostwick's definition, MultipleNumeral is modelled as a subclass of Quantifier rather than Numeral. In MULTEXT-East, "Numeral" was extended to coover non-numerical quantifiers, hence the name.
A Multiple Numeral serves to define a complex whole, with respect to the number of its parts, e.g., English "twofold", "twice" or "manyfold". Used in morphosyntactic descriptions of, e.g., Romanian, Slovak and Czech.
(Joseph Ghostwick [1878], English language -- Grammar, Historical, London, Longmans, Green, and Co.; http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultipleNumeral)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ProQuantifier
A ProQuantifier is a quantifier derived from a pronominal element. ProQuantifiers thus partly characterized as pronouns (e.g., as pronominal adverbs) or quantifiers (e.g., "indefinite numeral" as in MTE v.4). (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ProQuantifier)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InterrogativeQuantifier
In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 pecs, Numeral/Class="interrogative" are items meaning `how many/much', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so they are described variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InterrogativeQuantifier)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3021 (InterrogativeMultiplicativeNumeral)
An interrogative/relative word used to ask about the number of times something happened.
interrogative cardinal numeral
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3018 (interrogativeCardinalNumeral)
interrogativeCardinalNumeral: An interrogative/relative word used to ask about quantity.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3024 (IndefiniteMultiplicativeNumeral)
A word indicating imprecise number of times something happened.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#IndefiniteQuantifier
In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="indefinite" are items meaning `several/some', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so they are described variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#IndefiniteQuantifier)
indefinite cardinal numeral
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3023 (indefiniteCardinalNumeral)
ndefiniteCardinalNumeral: A word used to express imprecise quantity.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RelativeQuantifier
In the Czech MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="relative" are items meaning `how many/much', `as many/much' etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so they are described variously as pronouns or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RelativeQuantifier)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemonstrativeQuantifier
In the Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, Numeral/Class="demonstrative" are items meaning `this many/much', etc. Strictly speaking, they are pronumerals (pro-quantifiers), but traditional descriptions don't recognise such a category, so they are described variously as pronouns (because they contain a demonstrative element) or as numerals (because their syntactic distribution is that of numerals, or very close)." (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/11, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DemonstrativeQuantifier)
the subclassification of Adjective currently conflates syntactic (PredicativeAdjective), morphological (DeverbalAdjective) and semantic (QualifierAdjective, RelativeAdjective) criteria. to be resolved
adjectif
adjective
It is an adjective, which expresses the character and feature of subject or an object, while modifying a noun.
à½à¼à½ ༠འ༠འà½à¼
Shing-di rim du
'The tree is tall'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#CharacteristicAdjective)
It is an adjective, which expresses the time or period of the circumstances, while modifying a noun.
à½à¼ à½à¼ à½à¼ ༠ལ༠༠འ༠à¼
Nahing Nga chigyel-lu joyi
'I went abroad last year'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#PeriodicAdjective
adopted from EMILLE for Urdu, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#RelativeAdjective
Relative adjectives express similarity or a comparison. (Schmidt 1999, p.218, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#RelativeAdjective)
EAGLES Adjective with Use="Predicative".
A predicative adjective is one which functions as part of the predicate
of a sentence. This means that it is linked to the noun by a verb, often
a copula (such as to be).
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjective 18.09.06)
EAGLES Adjective with Use="Attributive".
An attributive adjective is an adjective that qualifies or
modifies a noun and that precedes the noun, e.g."a delicious
apple", "a short letter".
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Adjective 18.09.06)
Denominal adjective, formed from a noun (Chiarcos, based on lexinfo:adjective-na)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1394
An adjective that modifies an implied, but not expressed, noun. When translating such an adjective into English, you must supply the missing noun.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1394)
(Chiarcos: this seems to pertain to nominalization)
Substantive adjective
Adjective based on a verb (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1598). Note that these are not necessarily grammaticalized as participles.
(Chiarcos, introduced to account for lexinfo:participleAdjective along with lexinfo:adjective-i)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1598
Adjective based on a verb.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1598)
participle adjective
subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1596
Adjective based on a past participle.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1596)
past participle adjective
subClassOf participleAdjective (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1597
Adjective based on a present participle.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1597)
present participle adjective
subClassOf participleAdjective (dcif:isA)
true
DEPRECATED: The DCR definition and this term are incorrect.
"Ordinal adjective" entered ISOcat from MULTEXT-East, where it was originally applied to relational adjectives (Slovene, Resian, Ukrainian, Czech).
"Ordinal adjective" is a mistranslation from Slovene _vrstni pridevniki_ that should be properly rendered in English as "relational adjective" (Derzhanski and Kotsyba 2009).
However, the Macedonian MULTEXT v.4 guidelines use this category for ordinal numerals. Due to its inherent ambiguity, this category is to be avoided.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1338
Adjective expressing a numeric ranking.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1338)
Cf. "second", "next", "last"
ordinal adjective
subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)
cf. OrdinalAdjective
The Slovene adjective expresses three main ideas: quality (qualitative adjectives, kakovostni pridevniki), relation (relational adjectives, vrstni pridevniki) and possession (possessive adjectives, svojilni pridevniki).
Relational adjectives express type, class or numerical sequence of a noun. For instance: kemijska in fizikalna sprememba (chemical and physical change), fotografski aparat (photographic device (=camera)). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slovene_grammar)
relational adjective
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveAdjective
A PossessiveAdjective is an denominal adjective, often derived from a ProperNoun, that serves to indicate possession in most Slavic languages.
Unlike a genitival construction, a possessive adjective shows agreement with its head noun. (Chiarcos)
Adjective/Type="possessive" are denominal, not pronominal expressions of possession (Ivan A Derzhanski, email 2010/06/09). Therefore not to be confused with Pronoun/Type=adjectival(a) (Bulgarian only), for words like умно /cleverly, wisely, sensibly/, which are derived from adjectives. (Dimitrova et al. 2009)
e.g., Slovene dušikovima/dušikov, Marsovi/Marsov,
Slovak vojvodova/vojvodov, vojvodove/vojvodov, vojvodovej/vojvodov, vojvodovho/vojvodov, vojvodovi/vojvodov, vojvodovmu/vojvodov, vojvodovo/vojvodov, vojvodovom/vojvodov, vojvodovou/vojvodov,
Serbian evroazijske/evroazijska, evroazijskih/evroazijski, Goldštajnov, govornikov, Jehovine/Jehovin, malabarskom/malabarski, O'Brajenov, O'Brajenovog/O'Brajenov, oficirov,
Czech Riegrovými/Riegrův, Stradellovými/Stradellův, Tristanovou/Tristanův, Wagnerových/Wagnerův, Wagnerovým/Wagnerův, Weberovi/Weberův, Weberových/Weberův, Wertherovi/Wertherův, Winstonovi/Winstonův
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PossessiveAdjective)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1477, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#QualificativeAdjective
Adjective used to qualify.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1477)
qualifier adjective
qualificative adjective
subClassOf adjective (dcif:isA)
DCR general adverb (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1435) ignored
TODO: currently, different criteria are employed to characterize Adverbs, including lexical criteria (e.g., AdjectivalAdverb) and semantic criteria (e.g., CausalAdverb). The subclassification according to semantic criteria is to be expressed with hasSemanticRole, the classes are thus deprecated.
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ModifierAdverb
Adverb/Type="modifier" is used in the English, Romanian and Hungarian MTE v4 specs.
For Romanian, Adverb/Type="modifier" applies to adverbs which can have predicative role, that is they can govern a subordinate sentence (ex. Fireşte că o ştiu -- Certainly I know it). Here (for uniformity within a multilingual environment), they are squeezed into the modifier class. (MTE v4)
e.g., better (en) (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ModifierAdverb)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectivalAdverb
An adjectival adverb is an adverb that is formally identical to an adjective.<br/>
MULTEXT-East Adverb/Type="adjectival" (Serbian, Macedonian, Bulgarian)<br/>
Bulgarian AdjectivalAdverbs have the same form as adjectives in Gender = neuter, Person = 3, Number = singular. (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectivalAdverb)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalAdverb
Adverb/Type="verbal" applies to adverbs derived from from verbs (verbal adverbs) in the Serbian, Macedonian and Hungarian MTE v4 specs. Macedonian verbal adverbs (gerunds) like odejkji are thus not considered as verbal forms, but as Adverb/Type="verbal". (MTE v4)
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalAdverb)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdverbialParticiple
Adverb/Type="participle" is used in the Slovene MTE v4 specs, e.g., 'leže' / lying. Slovenian adverbial participles are, however, not attested for Resian. (MTE v4)(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdverbialParticiple)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeAdverb
to be modelled as SemanticRole (cf. CausalAdverb) ?
Adverb/Type="negative" are used in the Serbian and Romanian MTE v4 specs, e.g., for Romanian nicăieri - nowhere, niciodată - never. (MTE v4)
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeAdverb)
true
DEPRECATED: equivalent to Adverb and hasSemanticRole some CauseRole
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CausalAdverb
Adverb/Type="causal" is used in the Hungarian MTE v4, but no examples are provided. (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CausalAdverb)
introduced for http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#NegativeModalAdverb in the EMILLE tagset (Hardie 2003) for Urdu
A modality-marking adverb is a verbal particle that serves to indicate mood, aspect and/or tense (cf. Schmidt 1999).
Note that this is not to be confused with the conventional meaning of "modal adverb" in the sense of "manner adverb" (cf. http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/Category:English_modal_adverbs),
hence the uncommon name.
Ruth Laila Schmidt (1999) Urdu, an essential grammar, Routledge, London.
despite the deviating terminology, this seems to be a subconcept of VerbalParticle, and maybe, it corresponds to ModalParticle (but only if the DCR definition is incorrect)
true
DEPRECATED: equivalent to Adverb and hasSemanticRole some MannerRole
from ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#MannerAdverb
true
ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#LocationAdverb
DEPRECATED: equivalent to Adverb and hasSemanticRole some LocationRole
EAGLES Adverb with Adverb-Type="Degree".
Any adverb which modifies an adjective, an adverb, a verbal particle, a preposition,
a conjunction or a determiner is a degree adverb.
(http://xlex.uni-muenster.de/Portal/MTPE/tagsetDescriptionEN.doc, p. 113, 8.1 Degree Adverbs 23.09.06)
Also known as specifier adverb (http://www.unlweb.net/unlarium/dictionary/export_tagset.php)
degree adverb
specifier adverb
pronominal adverb
adverbial pronoun
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3011 (adverbialPronoun)
EAGLES Adverb with Adverb-Type="Pronominal".
Against the EAGLES definition given below, pronominal adverbs can but don't have to be used for
pronominal references, thus this special and diachronically important case is better described
by the join of this with personal pronoun.
Pronominal adverbs substitute for a preposition (which is incorporated into them) and an NP, cf.
English therefore lit. "for this (reason, ...)", German deswegen lit. "because of this (reason, ...)".
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/elm_de/node235.html 21.09.06, examples Ch. Chiarcos)
http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#AdverbialDemonstrative, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#DistalDemonstrativeAdverb
Pronominal adverb derived from a demonstrative stem (Ch. Chiarcos)
TODO: rename to WHTypeAdverb
EAGLES Adverb with Polarity="Wh-type".
See remarks on WHPronoun, this is actually a language-specific trait and should probably be removed.
Adverb that serves to express interrogativity, exclamation or that serves to link a subordinate clause to the matrix clause.
(Ch. Chiarcos)
EAGLES WHAdverb with Wh-Type="Exclamatory".
An ExclamatoryAdverb seves to express exclamation, cf. how in "How well everyone played!"
Exclamative sentences or exclamatives
An exclamatory sentence or exclamation is generally a more emphatic form of statement,
in particular, they are used are used to express strong feelings (Latin exclamare : "to call out, to cry out").
(http://english.unitecnology.ac.nz/resources/resources/exp_lang/sentence.html 07.05.07,
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sentence_(linguistics) 07.05.07)
EAGLES Adverb with Wh-Type="Interrogative".
Interrogative adverbs are used to introduce questions, e.g. "When are you coming?" (Angelika Adam)
EAGLES Adverb with Wh-Type="Relative".
The value relative is used for adverbs in clear relative cases as in: "The place 'where' I met you.",
"The reason 'why' I did it."
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/pub/eagles/lexicons/elm_en.ps.gz, p.33, 07.05.07)
introduced for Urdu wala, as used in the tagset by Sajjad (2007, http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#Wala)
In Urdu, wÄlÄ can be added to substantives to derive nouns implying possession or general relationships, e.g., go-wÄl, or
go-wÄlÄ, s.m. cow-keeper, cow-herd (from go, 'cow'), or ghar-wÄlÄ, s.m. master or owner of the house (from ghar,
'house') (Plats 1884, cf. http://purl.org/olia/urdu.owl#Wala)
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010). If its tradition of grammar description is influenced by the Indian, these case markers are variously described as case morphemes or as postpositions. Therefore introduced as a shorthand for Adposition or MorphologicalParticle
ezafe
izafat
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2999
from the EMILLE tagset for Urdu, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#Izafat, cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#GenitiveCase for the modelling of the Izafat in the Farsi MULTEXT-East.
The izÄfat (pronounced as a shorter form of âÄâ) is an enclitic of Persian origin which
is used in Farsi and neighboring languages.
In Urdu, it can be considered a preposition under certain circumstances: it links
two nouns in a possessive relationship, although the phrase thus produced may often
have a different meaning to a phrase produced with the native Urdu postposition kÄ.
However, the izÄfat may also join a noun to an adjective, in which case it is not so
clearly accurate to describe it as a preposition parallel to the prepositions in European
languages for which the EAGLES guidelines were compiled. A better way to treat
izÄfat is in the context of the Unique category of miscellaneous one-member wordclasses,
discussed below.
(Hardie 2003, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#Izafat)
enclitic morpheme used to form noun phrases and that can denote possession, can form apposition or can join adjectives to nouns. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2999)
introduced for Urdu gunâ (http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#MultiplicativeMarker)
In Urdu, multiplicative numerals are formed by adding the suffix gunâ (Schmidt 1999, p. 260,http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#MultiplicativeMarker)
synonym of Unique, to be avoided because of its divergent definitions, applies to every category that *contains* the expression "Particle" in its name
synonym of Unique, to be avoided because of its divergent definitions (Chiarcos)
adopted from Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#Intensifier
For Hindi, words like 'bahuta', 'kama', etc. when intensifying adjectives or adverbs will be annotated as INTF. Example,
h37. hEdarAbAda meM aMgUra bahuta_INTF acche milate hEM
'HyderabAd' 'in' 'grapes' 'very' 'good' 'available' 'are'
âVery good grapes are available in Hyderabadâ (Bharati et al. 2006)
Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf
adopted from EMILLE, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ContrastiveEmphaticParticle, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ExclusiveEmphaticParticle, etc.
From a logical point of view, emphasis is closely related to intensification, hence, subconcept of Intensifier
Emphatic particle, e.g., (one of the uses of) Urdu tô:
vo urdû parhê gâ
"He will study Urdu." (simple statement)
vo urdû parhê gâ tô lêkin imtihân nahîm dê gâ
"He will STUDY Urdu, OF COURSE, but he won't take the examination."
(Schmidt 1999, p. 232, see http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ContrastiveEmphaticParticle)
adopted from EMILLE for Urdu, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ExclusiveEmphaticParticle
In Urdu, the exclusive emphatic particle hî emphasizes the preceding word and excludes something else (which may not be expressed). (Schmidt 1999, p.233, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ExclusiveEmphaticParticle)
Compare with the inclusive emphatic particle bhî:
maim *bhî* faisalâ karûm gâ
"I'll *also* make a decision"
maim *hî* faisalâ karûm gâ
"*I'm the one who* will make the decision."
(Schmidt 1999, p.237, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#InclusiveEmphaticParticle)
adopted from EMILLE for Urdu, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#InclusiveEmphaticParticle
In Urdu, bhî is an emphatic particle meaning 'even'. In opposition to contrastive tô and exclusive hî, bhî is inclusive:
maim *bhî* faisalâ karûm gâ
"I'll *also* make a decision"
maim *hî* faisalâ karûm gâ
"*I'm the one who* will make the decision."
(Schmidt 1999, p.237, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#InclusiveEmphaticParticle)
adopted from EMILLE, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ContrastiveEmphaticParticle, shorthand for ContrastiveParticle and EmphaticParticle
adopted from EMILLE, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ContrastiveEmphaticParticle, note: there may be contrastive particles that are not emphatic
Contrastive particle, e.g., (one of the uses of) Urdu tô:
vo urdû parhê gâ
"He will study Urdu." (simple statement)
vo tô urdû parhê gâ
"HE will study Urdu." (Contrast: the other students may not.)
(Schmidt 1999, p. 232, see http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#ContrastiveEmphaticParticle)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ExistentialThere
English existential there is specified as a subtype of pronoun in MTE v4, i.e., Pronoun/Type="ex-there" (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ExistentialThere)
true
merely a shorthand for ExistentialParticle and Pronoun, hence deprecated
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3012
pronoun that indicates the existence of something or someone
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalParticle
A verbal particle modifies the verb and carries information on the verb form (e.g., finiteness, tense and aspect). (Dimitrova et al. 2009, Dan Tufis, email 2010/06/09).
In the Bulgarian MTE specs, Particle/Type=verbal(v) is used to form different type of verbal syntactical relationships, e.g. to create future tense (ще говориш), or particles like се, да. (Dimitrova et al. 2009)
The Romanian MTE v4 specs provide a more fine-grained subclassification of (verbal) particles (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#VerbalParticle)
adopted from Bambara Reference Corpus, http://cormand.huma-num.fr/gloses.html
no definition given
predicative marker
marque predicative
adopted from Dzongkha tagset (Chungku et al. 2010, http://purl.org/olia/dzongkha.owl#TenseMarker)
Dzongkha has also a tense marker, which is not complicated like in other languages. It has got only six tense markers and can be used in a very simple and effective way. They are: ('Ni'+'Wong') for future, ('D'o'+'D'ä') for present and ('Ci'+'Yi') for past tense.
à½à¼ à½à½à½¦à¼à½à¼ འ༠à¼
Nga naba jo-ni[past tense]
I tomorrow go-will-[past]
'I am going tomorrow'
(http://panl10n.net/english/Outputs%20Phase%202/CCs/Bhutan/Papers/2007/0701/PartOfSpeech.pdf)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AspectParticle
In the Romanian MULTEXT-East scheme, a verbal particle with Particle/Type="aspect" modifies the verbs and carries information on the verb form, i.e., on its aspect (Dan Tufis, email 2010/06/09, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AspectParticle)
generalization over EAGLES: http://purl.org/olia/eagles.owl#MediopassiveVoiceParticle
E.g., the mediopassive (middle) voice marker se in the Portuguese EAGLES scheme. (Leech and Wilson 1996)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SubjunctiveParticle
In the Romanian MULTEXT-East scheme, a verbal particle with Particle/Type="future" modifies the verbs and marks the verb as being subjunctive, e.g., s-/să, să (Dan Tufis, email 2010/06/09, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SubjunctiveParticle)
Introduced in accordance with the TIGER and TüBa-D/Z annotation schemes (syntactic edge label)
Generally, discourse markers are expressions or phrases of greeting, apologizing, thanking,
short emotional utterances, and interjections. Their node label is DM. ... Typical discourse markers are:
ja, nein, hallo, oh, aha, pst, nunja, gewiÃ, toll, nun ja, etc.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p. 136)
Added for compatibility with the SFB632 annotation guidelines.
A classifier is a word or affix that expresses the classification of a noun.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAClassifier.htm 19.09.06)
Classifiers are a very typical feature of sign languages.
In some Asian languages, classifiers are used as particles to combine a noun with a numeral,
e.g. chin. _san ge ren_ 'three pieces of people', 'three people' (BuÃmann 2002, under Klassifikator)
Bharati et al. (2006, for Indian languages) group Classifiers together with Quantifiers and Numerals, but they do not provide a detailed characterization of this class.
Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1283
Word which serves no grammatical function, but which fills up a sentence or gives emphasis.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1283)
expletive
modelled as a Unique concept here, although normally not considered a Particle
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2230
conditional particule
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2230)
conditional particule
DCR subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2228
distinctive particle
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2228)
distinctive particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1896, taxonomic organization follows http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#InfinitiveParticle
Particle used to express infinitive.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1896)
infinitive particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1894
Particle used to express negation.
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1894)
negative particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1918
Particle used to express affirmation.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1918)
particule affirmative
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1895
Particle expressing ownship.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1895)
possessive particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1922
Particle used to compare.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1922)
comparative particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1919, taxonomic organization (under VerbalParticle) follows http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FutureParticle, regrouped under TenseMarkingParticle
Particle used in order to express future.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1919)
future particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1920
TOCHECK: is this definition correct ? Could it be that ModalParticle actually means "VerbalParticle marking mood" ? (Cf. ModalityMarkingAdverb)
Particle which functions as a modal.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1920)
modal particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1455 (preverbalParticleLmf)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1923
Particle expressing superlative degree. Superlative is the comparison between more than two entities and contrasts with comparative where only two entities are involved and positive where no comparison is implied.
(Crystal 2003; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1923)
superlative particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2229
relative particle
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2229)
relative particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2227
particle for coordination
(MIRACL & LSCA; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2227)
coordination particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
TODO: check relationship with interrogative adverb
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1921
Particle used to express a question.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1921)
interrogative particle
subClassOf particle (dcif:isA)
adopted from the EMILLE Urdu tagset (Hardie 2003, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#AdjectivalParticle)
Particle that serves to form adjective phrases, e.g., Urdu sÄ (http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#AdjectivalParticle)
EAGLES Conjunction with Type="Subordinating".
The language- (German-) specific EAGLES feature "subord-type" was originally modelled as MorphosyntacticFeature, when integrating the MULTEXT-East ontology, it was remodelled within the taxonomy
Subordinating conjunctions, also called subordinators, are conjunctions
that introduce a dependent clause.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_conjunction 19.09.06)
EAGLES Conjunction with Type="Coordinating".
EAGLES' optional CoordType attribute subclassifies coordinating conjunctions, with respect to positional characteristics (repetition/pairing of expressions forming complex conjunctions). (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
CoordType was originally implemented as MorphosyntacticFeature, the new modelling follows the MULTEXT-East ontology (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CoordinatingConjunction_PositionalType)
Coordinating conjunctions, also called coordinators, are conjunctions that
join two items of equal syntactic importance.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_conjunction 19.09.06)
EAGLES, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SimpleCoordinatingConjunction
Simple applies to the regular type of coordinator occurring between
conjuncts: German und, for example. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
In the Romanian MTE v4 specs, Conjunction/Coord_Type="simple" is defined in contrast to repetitive and correlative coordinating conjunctions.
In Romanian, there are three kinds of conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with other conjunctions or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or Mary); (2) repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John or Mary or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific coordinators between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE v4), e.g., aşa_că, va_să_zică (ro)
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SimpleCoordinatingConjunction)
EAGLES, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction
Conjunction/Coord_Type="correlat" (Romanian).
In Romanian, there are three kinds of conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with other conjunctions or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or Mary); (2) repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John or Mary or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific coordinators between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CorrelativeCoordinatingConjunction)
When the same word is also placed before the first conjunct, as in French
"ou...ou...", the former occurrence is given the Correlative value and the
latter the Simple value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
EAGLES
When two distinct words occur, as in German weder...noch..., then the second is given the Non-initial value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
EAGLES
When two distinct words occur, as in German "weder...noch...", then
the first is given the Initial value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction
Conjunction/Coord_Type="repetit" (Romanian).
In Romanian, there are three kinds of conjunctions depending on their usage: as such or together with other conjunctions or adverbs: (1) simple, between conjuncts: Ion ori Maria (John or Mary); (2) repetitive, before each conjunct: fie Ion fie Maria fie... (either John or Mary or...) (3) correlative, before a conjoined phrase, it requires specific coordinators between conjuncts: atât mama cât şi tata (both mother and father). (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#RepetitiveCoordinatingConjunction)
Following EAGLES and MULTEXT-East, the subclassification of SubordinatingConjunction reflects constraints on MorphosyntacticFeatures of verbal and nominal arguments of subordinating conjunctions, in these cases verbal inflection (finiteness, negation) and Degree
EAGLES
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "weil" introduces
a clause with a finite verb.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
EAGLES
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "als" is followed
by various kinds of comparative clause (including clauses without finite
verbs).
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
EAGLES
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "ohne" ("zu"...)
is followed by an infinitive.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeSubordinatingConjunction
Conjunction/Sub_Type="negative" (Romanian, Serbian, Russian)
In Romanian, each conjunction requires another mood, so that the diversity may be controlled by subcategorisation rules. The attribute Sub_Type distinguishes among the positive and negative conjunctions, providing means to control verbal double negation, (as in case of the negative pronouns, determiners and adverbs): nici NU am venit, nimeni NU vorbeşte, nici_un tren N-a trecut, nicăieri N-am văzut (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NegativeSubordinatingConjunction)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PositiveSubordinatingConjunction
Conjunction/Sub_Type="negative" (Romanian, Serbian, Russian)
In Romanian, each conjunction requires another mood, so that the diversity may be controlled by subcategorisation rules. The attribute Sub_Type distinguishes among the positive and negative conjunctions, providing means to control verbal double negation, (as in case of the negative pronouns, determiners and adverbs): nici NU am venit, nimeni NU vorbeşte, nici_un tren N-a trecut, nicăieri N-am văzut (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PositiveSubordinatingConjunction)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier
Quantifiers that enforce dual agreement (i.e., as with the numeral "2").
Some feminine and neuter body parts in Czech have preserved dual forms, and if the noun is dual, so are its attributes (adjectives, pronouns). So the agreement of the numeral 2 differs formally from 3-4 (Ivan A. Derzhanski, email 2010/06/16, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier)
Numeral/Class="definite", Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234" etc. refer to specific patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate from the difference between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2, definite234) and plural (definite). (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DualQuantifier)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PaucalQuantifier
Quantifiers that enforce paucal agreement. In many Slavic languages, numerals between 2 and 4 (and some quantifiers) involve a specific agreement patterns that is different from that of smaller and greater numbers. In Russian, for example, genitive singular is requires. These numerals and quantifiers with the same characteristics are referred to here as "paucal quantifiers".
(cf. David Pesetsky, http://www.uni-leipzig.de/~jtrommer/Harvard/pesetsky.pdf)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SingularQuantifier (MTE v4 Numeral/Class="definite1", http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SingularQuantifier)
Numeral/Class="definite", Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234" etc. refer to specific patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate from the difference between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2, definite234) and plural (definite).
A singular quantifier is a quantifier or a numeral that specifies a single referent from a set. (Chiarcos)
In Czech and Slovak MTE v4 specs, the corresponding category Numeral/Class="definite1" is applied to the numeral "one". (MTE v4)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PluralQuantifier
Numeral/Class="definite", Numeral/Class="definite1", Numeral/Class="definite234" etc. refer to specific patterns of congruency with Slavic numerals that originate from the difference between Old Slavic singular (definite1), dual (definite2, definite234) and plural (definite).
A PluralQuantifier is a Quantifier (or Numeral) that specifies a large multitude of entities. The agreement pattern of a plural quantifier is different from that or an singular quantifier, but as opposed to DualQuantifier and PaucalQuantifier, PluralQuantifier includes quantifiers that denote arbitrarily large sets of entities. (Chiarcos)
The corresponding category in Czech, Polish and Slovak MTE v4 specs is Numeral/Class="definite", that refers to numerals larger than four. (MTE v4)
Chiarcos
A predicate/verb that takes no argument.
English "to rain" is semantically atransitive, hence, an expletive is to be used in "it's raining",
cf. van Valin and Lapolla (1997).
SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)
A predicate/verb that takes one argument, e.g., English "to go", cf. van Valin and Lapolla (1997).
SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)
A predicate/verb that takes two arguments, e.g., English "to kiss", cf. van Valin and Lapolla (1997).
SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)
A predicate/verb that takes two arguments, e.g., English "to give", cf. van Valin and Lapolla (1997).
true
EAGLES; note that UbyPos extends separability to particles
Non-separable verbs are not composed of a verb stem and a separable
affix. (cf. SeparabilityFeature: Separable)
EAGLES; note that UbyPos extends separability to particles
A separable verb is a verb that is composed of a verb stem and a separable
affix. In some verb forms, the verb appears in one word, whilst in others
the verb stem and the affix are separated. German and Dutch are notable for
having many separable verbs. For example, the Dutch verb "aankomen" is a
separable verb. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Separable_verb 20.11.06)
TODO: link with concept hierarchy
TODO: rename to ReductionFeature
merged with http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#AdjectiveFormation, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ReductionFeature: reduced vs. full inflection
true
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CompoundAdjective
Nonreduced adjective inflection of Slavic languages, e.g., Czech nejubožejšími/ubohý, nejvyspělejších/vyspělý, nejvyšších/vysoký, nejvznešenějšímu/vznešený, nejvážnějšímu/vážný, nejvýznamnějších/významný, nejvýznamnějšími/významný, nejvýznamnějšímu/významný, největšími/velký (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CompoundAdjective)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NominalAdjective
Reduced adjective inflection of Slavic languages, e.g., Czech e.g., brillská/brillský, neznámo/neznámý, samo/sám, samy/sám (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NominalAdjective)
EAGLES
Weak pronouns are helping pronouns many languages have for easily
explaining the possessive status of something, to which something
belongs. Many languages have different ways to express this. For
example, English has distinctive words for all of these: "my", "mine".
Germanic languages and Romance languages have the same, but inflect
them for gender: (Spanish example) "mÃo", "mÃa", "mÃos" and "mÃas"
("mine", in the masculine singular, feminine singular, masculine plural,
and feminine plural form, respectively).
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Weak_pronoun 20.11.06)
EAGLES
TODO: rename to StrongPronoun
Strong pronouns are different from the weak pronouns (cf. StrengthFeature:Weak)
true
negative
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1839
denotes the negation or the absence (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1839)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Negated: Negative="yes" encodes negative verbal word-forms in Slavic languages and Estonian. (MTE v4)
In Slovak, for example, verbs form negative by prefix 'ne-', with the exception of the verb "byť" (E. "to be") which forms the negative in indicative by using separate particle "nie", e.g. "nie je" (is not). Here, Slovak "je" would be marked as negative, despite having positive form. In Resian, negative is always marked as 'n' except for two verbs: 'nïman' / not to have, 'nïsi' / not to be. (MTE v4)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonNegated
Non-negated verbs carry no morphological marks of negation. In Resian, negative is always marked as 'no' except for two verbs: 'nïman' / not to have, 'nïsi' / not to be. In Slovak, verbs form negative by prefix 'ne-', with the exception of the verb "byť" (E. "to be") which forms the negative in indicative by using separate particle "nie", e.g. "nie je" (is not). Here, "je" would be marked as negative, despite having positive form. (MTE v4, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonNegated)
true
added in accordance with http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticDistalDeterminer
The referent denoted by a distal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English that) is usually spatially more
remote or discoursally less salient as compared to a referent denoted by a proximal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English this)
(Chiarcos)
added in accordance with http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticProximalDeterminer
The referent denoted by a distal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English that) is usually spatially more
remote or discoursally less salient as compared to a referent denoted by a proximal demonstrative pronoun (e.g., English this)
(Chiarcos)
added in accordance with ILPOSTS (for Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Sequel
Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages. No definition or examples provided: Distance=Sequel (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Sequel)
TODO: provide definition
true
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3029
a form denoting that the addressee (addressees) are not included into the set of their referents which contain also the speaker
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3030
the form denoting that the addressee (addressees) are included into the set of their referents which contain also the speaker
true
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CliticSpecificDeterminer
"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the
two readings of English indefinites like (3):
(3) Iʼm looking for a deer.
In the specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am
looking for. In the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer.
Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the
ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being
introduced as a new discourse referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which
requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ
In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific
demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite."
(Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language, http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf)
see olia:NonspecificArticle, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun
"By ʻspecificʼ and ʻnon-specificʼ I intend the difference between the
two readings of English indefinites like (3):
(3) Iʼm looking for a deer.
In the specific reading there is a particular deer, say Bambi, that I am
looking for. In the non-specific reading I will be happy to find any deer.
Von Heusinger (2002) likes the test in English of inserting ʻcertainʼ after the
ʻaʼ to fix the specific reading. In either reading of (3) a deer is being
introduced as a new discourse referent. This is opposed to ʻdefiniteʼ which
requires a previous pragmatic instantiation as in ʻIʼm looking for the deer.ʼ
In English both the readings of (3) are indefinite. In Klallam, the specific
demonstratives are neither definite nor indefinite."
(Montler, Timothy. 2007. Klallam demonstratives. Papers ICSNL XLVII. The 42nd International Conference on Salish and Neighbouring Language, pp. 409-425. University of British Columbia Working Papers in Linguistics, Volume 20; on specific vs. nonspecific determiners in Klallam, a Salish language, http://montler.net/papers/KlallamDemons.pdf)
A nonspecific pronoun refers to an unidentified or general entity (e.g., "I saw *someone*", "I saw *everyone*"). A nonspecific pronoun is not, therefore, a personal pronoun, but an indefinite one. (Andrews 2003).
Andrews, Richard J. (2003), Introduction to Classical Nahuatl. University of Oklahoma Press.
Halliday, M.A.K. (1985), An introduction to Functional Grammar, London: Edward Arnold
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#NonspecificPronoun)
true
TODO: extend with TDS numberProperty and GOLD NumberValue
multal number
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3327
Multal is a number property that refers to a
large number of individuals.
EAGLES
Plural is a grammatical number, typically referring to more than one of
the referent in the real world. In English, nouns, pronouns, and demonstratives
inflect for plurality. In many other languages, for example German and the
various Romance languages, articles and adjectives also inflect for plurality.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plural 17.11.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2218
Internal plural that do not have any inflection.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2218)
broken plural
subClassOf plural (dcif:isA)
EAGLES
Singular is a grammatical number denoting a unit quantity (as opposed
to the plural and other forms). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Singular
17.11.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CountNumber
MULTEXT-East feature Number="count" (Nouns in Serbian, Macedonian, Bulgarian), e.g., Bulgarian яка/як, язовира/язовир, яда/яд, юргана/юрган, юбилея/юбилей, ъгъла/ъгъл (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CountNumber)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1254
rename to CollectiveNumber
A collective number is a number referring to 'a set of things'. Languages that have this feature can use it to get a phrase like 'flock of sheeps' by using 'sheep' in collective number.
(en2.wikipedia.org/wiki/Collective_number; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1254)
collective
subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1879
Form used in some languages to designate two persons or things.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1879)
dual
subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1350
TODO: rename to PaucalNumber, because of the existence of PaucalQuantifier in MULTEXT-East
Number that specifies 'a few' things.
(en2.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paucal_number; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1350)
paucal
subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2000
Property related to four elements.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2000)
quadrial
subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1407
Grammatical number referring to 'three things', as opposed to 'singular' and 'plural'.
(en2.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trial_number; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1407)
trial
subClassOf grammaticalNumber (dcif:conceptualDomain)
true
DEPRECATED: reimplemented as class hierarchy
true
EAGLES
Simple applies to the regular type of coordinator occurring between
conjuncts: German und, for example. (http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
true
from EAGLES, reimplemented as subhierarchy of CoordinatingConjunction
When the same word is also placed before the first conjunct, as in French
"ou...ou...", the former occurrence is given the Correlative value and the
latter the Simple value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
true
EAGLES, reimplemented as subhierarchy of CoordinatingConjunction
When two distinct words occur, as in German weder...noch..., then the second is given the Non-initial value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
true
EAGLES, reimplemented as subhierarchy of CoordinatingConjunction
When two distinct words occur, as in German "weder...noch...", then
the first is given the Initial value.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1av 17.11.06)
true
reimplemented as concepts
true
EAGLES, reimplemented within SubordinatingConjunction taxonomy
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "weil" introduces
a clause with a finite verb.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
true
EAGLES, reimplemented within SubordinatingConjunction taxonomy
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "als" is followed
by various kinds of comparative clause (including clauses without finite
verbs).
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
true
EAGLES, reimplemented within SubordinatingConjunction taxonomy
For example, in German the subordinating conjunction "ohne" ("zu"...)
is followed by an infinitive.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2u 17.11.06)
true
In this category, different inflection-relevant features are assembled.
Typically, inflection phenomena are language-specific and pertain to different grammatial categories;
therefore, this collection is neither to be supposed exhaustive nor are the features necessarily disjoint
(e.g., InflectedWithOvertMarker overlaps with StrongInflection or WeakInflection)
EAGLES
In German (and other Germanic languages), when gender, number and case are not expressed
by a determiner, the adjective takes the endings of the strong inflection.
(http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Stark.html 20.11.06)
Strong inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)
Strong inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
In traditional English tagsets, e.g., SUSANNE or the PennTreeBank tagset, surface ambiguities are normally not resolved.
Uninflected forms and forms that have the same form (e.g., "be" as an imperative) are tagged as BaseForm. (Ch. Chiarcos)
Since it is impractical (...) to resolve automatically the
ambiguity of these six morphological functions, it is a common practice to assign a single value to the base form,
or else to assign two values, one for the finite and one for the non-finite functions. Because of this, the tables
below show two tagsets: one tagset representing the 6 attribute-values above, and a reduced tagset (`RTags'), which
resembles most tagsets so far used for the English language in reducing the six values to two.
http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/morphsyn/node150.html#SECTION00054000000000000000
BaseForm is not a characteristic of lexemes, but specific to certain forms in a complex paradigm.
Chiarcos, cf. BaseForm in Susanne (Sampson 1995) and related schemes, and http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#UnmarkedForGender
In many inflecting languages, there occur lexemes whose form does not change throughout the paradigm, e.g.,
Russian papa "dad". For such forms, the category uninflected may be assigned.
However, Uninflected is not to be confused with BaseForm that applies to forms in a paradigm where overt
marking exists.
Uninflected is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
For the EMILLE tagset (for Urdu, Hardi 2003), we need the possibility to specify that a lexeme is (un)inflected ([un]marked) *for a specific feature* (e.g., Gender, http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#GenderMarking).
At the moment, this cannot be expressed.
Chiarcos
see subclasses
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2207
Property of a verbal form when inflected
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2207)
conjugated
Chiarcos, motivated by BaseForm in SUSANNE (Sampson 1995) and related schemes; cf. http://purl.org/olia/emille.owl#MarkedForGender
An inflected form with overt morphological marking (as opposed to the base form and lexemes that do not inflect at all).
EAGLES
German mixed inflection takes its name from
the fact that it has endings from both the strong inflection and
the weak inflection. The mixed inflection is used after the indefinite
article "ein" and after "irgendein" e.g. "(irgend) ein kleines Kind",
after "kein" or after possessive pronouns e.g. "ihr kleines Kind".
(http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Gemischt.html?MenuId=Word3132 20.11.06)
Mixed inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
EAGLES
German adjectives take the endings of the weak inflection
when a determiner expresses number, gender and case.
The weak adjective inflection has only two endings: âe and âen.
(http://www.canoo.net/services/OnlineGrammar/Wort/Adjektiv/Deklinationstyp/Schwach.html 20.11.06)
In other Germanic languages, similar systems exist.
Weak inflection is a characteristic of lexemes, not individual tokens.
added in accordance with TIGER
added in accordance with TIGER
true
TODO: integrate with VoiceFeature (as in the TDS Ontology) implementation
TODO: remove
A non-reflexive verb is a verb whose semantic agent and patient
(typically represented syntactically by the subject and the direct
object) are not the same.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflexive_verbs 20.11.06)
TODO: integrate with Voice, rename to ReflexiveVoice
A reflexive verb is a verb whose semantic agent and patient (typically
represented syntactically by the subject and the direct object) are the
same. In many languages, reflexive constructions are rendered by transitive
verbs followed by a reflexive pronoun, as in English -self (e. g., She
threw herself to the floor.). (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reflexive_verbs
20.11.06)
true
hierarchically restructured
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3847
voice where the subject causes someone or something else to do or be something
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3080
An intransitive verb is derived from a basically
transitive one with the direct object of the transitive verb corresponding
to the subject of the intransitive [Siewierska 1988: 267].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3848
voice that promotes an oblique argument of a verb to the role of subject
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3850
voice which subsumes both the middle voice and the passive voice
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3851
voice in a specify passive construction (different from the regular passive) where the patient is the syntactic subject and agent is the syntactic object
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3846
voice which promotes an oblique argument of a verb to the core patient argument and indicates the oblique role within the meaning of the verb
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3844
voice for a construction where the subject of the verb is not an agent of the action denoted by the verb but is assisting an unstated agent in performing the action
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#activeVoice
When the subject is the agent or actor of the verb,
the verb is in the active voice.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_voice 17.11.06)
Associated with transitivity, when the action is performed by an agent
(subject) on another participant (object), or with intransitivity
(McIntosh 1984:108). Refers to the category of underived verb forms
associated with the basic diathesis: Diathesis=D0:(X=SUBabs/nom) (Y=DIROBacc)
(Shibatani 1995:7)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Active)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3839
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#passiveVoice
When the subject is the patient, target or undergoer of the action,
it is said to be in the passive voice.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grammatical_voice 17.11.06)
When the subject is the agent or actor of the verb, the verb is said
to be in the active voice. When the subject is the patient, target or
undergoer of the action, it is said to be in the passive voice.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#passiveVoice)
Passive is often not clearly distinguished from Inverse: According to Givón (1988),
Inverse is characterized by obligatory realization of the suppressed agent,
whereas the realization of the agent in a passive construction is optional
(or impossible).
This restrictive definition of passive does, however, conflict with the
use of the term "passive" for European languages. Then, English and German
"Passive" would be Inverses. Therefore, Inverse is a subconcept of Passive here.
Givón's original Passive is NonInversePassive.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#middleVoice
A verb that appears active but expresses a passive action may be called middle voice, e.g.
'The chicken cooked in the oven'. In Greek the middle voice is often reflexive expressing a
causative reading or that the action is performed for one's own benefit.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#middleVoice)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#reflexiveVoice
The reflexive voice is a grammatical voice in which the subject is both the agent and the patient or recipient.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#reflexiveVoice)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Antipassive
Derives an intransitive verb from a transitive stem whereby the original agent (only)
is cross-referrenced by the absolutive markers on the verb and the original patient,
if it appears, is in an oblique phrase. (England 1983:110)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Antipassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexiveMiddle,
but the definition given there ("Subjects perform action to self")
may be oversimplistic as it entails that ReflectiveMiddle
is the *same* as Reflexive.
In my current understanding, reflexive middle is a middle construction
that makes use of grammatical devices that normally indicate reflexivity,
cf. the definition of ReflexivePassive.
The definition given below is a generalization that covers the original
definition as well.
TODO: Check Siewierska (1988:257)
Reflexive middle makes use of
grammatical devices that normally indicate reflexivity.
(Ch. Chiarcos)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DeponentMiddle
Action denotes physical/mental disposition of subject. (Siewierska 1988:257)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DeponentMiddle)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReciprocalMiddle
Referents of plural subject do action to one another. (Siewierska 1988:257)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReciprocalMiddle)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PlainMiddle
Results of action occur to subject. (Siewierska 1988:257)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PlainMiddle)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NucleonicMiddle
Object of action belongs to. Moves into, or moves from sphere of subject.
(Siewierska 1988:257)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NucleonicMiddle)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexivePassive
A Passive construction which contains reflexive markings. (Siewierska 1988:257)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReflexivePassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PersonalPassive
A Passive in which the argument mapped to Object in a basic
structural configuration assumes the Subject relation in a
corresponding nonbasic configuration. (Klaiman 1991:23)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PersonalPassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AgentDeletionPassive
The object of the active retains its old case-marking in the passive,
the subject of the active cannot appear in the passive clause, and the
passive tends to be semantically active. (Givon 1988:419)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AgentDeletionPassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/InverseVoice
Signals when actions proceed from ontologically less salient to more
salient participants (Klaiman 1991:32)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/InverseVoice)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Passive
Unlike the GOLD definition, Passive is often not clearly distinguished from Inverse: According to Givón (1988),
Inverse is characterized by obligatory realization of the suppressed agent,
whereas the realization of the agent in a passive construction is optional
(or impossible).
This restrictive definition of passive does, however, conflict with the
use of the term "passive" for European languages. Then, English and German
"Passive" would be Inverses. Therefore, Inverse is a subconcept of Passive here.
Givón's original Passive is NonInversePassive.
An agent-demoting voice construction where the realization of the demoted agent
is not obligatory (against Inverse). In terminological systems that distinguish
"InverseVoice" from "Passive" (e.g., Givon, 1988), this is the "Passive" concept.
(Ch. Chiarcos)
Associated with actions performed on the subject by an unspecified agent.
(McIntosh 1984:108) Refers to the category of verb forms, typically identifies
with a specific morphological marking, that encode the derived diatheses in
which the agent role is not linked with a subject noun phrase (Shibatani 1995:7)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Passive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PromotionalInverse
Involves promotion of the topical proximate-patient to subjecthood. (Givon 1994:24)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PromotionalInverse)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImpersonalPassive
A Passive that alters the mapping of a nominal to the Subject
relation in a basic intransitive structure (Klaiman 1991:23)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImpersonalPassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/LocativePassive
An oblique locative nominal assumes the subject relation.
(Klaiman 1991:17)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/LocativePassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PragmaticInverse
If the agent is more topical than the patient, the direct-active clause
is used. If norm is reversed and the patient is more topical, the inverse
clause is used. (Givon 1994:23)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PragmaticInverse)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NecessitativePassive
A passive in Irish in which the preposition "with" is used, and a semantic
meaning of necessity is added. (Noonan 1994:280)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NecessitativePassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ObliquePassive
A Passive in which a basic Oblique nominal assumes the Subject relation
in a corresponding nonbasic configuration. Can include locative passives,
benefactive passives and instrumental passives. (Klaiman 1991:23)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ObliquePassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonpromotionalInverse
Involves demotion of the non-topical obviate-agent from subjecthood. (Givon 1994:24)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonpromotionalInverse)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SemanticInverse
If the agent outranks the patient on the relevant generic topic hierarchy,
the direct-active clause is used. If the relevant norm is reversed and the
patient outranks the agent on the relevant hierarchy, the inverse clause is
used. (Givon 1994:23)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SemanticInverse)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ProgressivePassive
A passive in Irish in which the preposition "at" is used, and a semantic
meaning of progressive tense is found (Noonan 1994:280)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ProgressivePassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AbsolutiveAntipassive
An Antipassive in which the P or logical object is suppressed
or overtly absent. (Klaiman 1991:232)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AbsolutiveAntipassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReferentialVoice,
classified as Antipassive here in analogy with ObliquePassive
entails assignment of the absolutive to certain kinds of arguments other
than the logical subjects (A) and objects (P), including the dative,
benefactive, malefactive, and possessor. (Klaiman 1991:239)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ReferentialVoice)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FocusAntipassive
Blocks the P or logical object (basic absolutive) nominal from being
assigned Focus salience. Topic salience is available for assignment
to various arguments, including the P, but Focus salience is always
assigned to A, and is therefore inaccessible to P or any other nominal.
(Klaiman 1991:236)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FocusAntipassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonabsolutiveAntipassive
An Antipassive in which the P or logical object is overtly downgraded. (Klaiman 1991:232)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonabsolutiveAntipassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/IncorporatingAntipassive
Blocks the P or logical object (basic absolutive) nominal from being assigned Focus salience.
This correlates with the P's morphosyntactic downgrading, whereby it becomes insusceptible to
any informational salience assignment. (Klaiman 1991:236)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/IncorporatingAntipassive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Anticausative
This is a semantic manipulation of the verb frame
(and thus limited to a specific semantic class of verbs)
rather than a grammatical device for the manipulation
of argument structure, therefore classified as Active here.
An intransitive verb is derived from a basically transitive one
with the direct object of the transitive verb corresponding to
the subject of the intransitive.
(Siewierska 1988:267)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Anticausative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DirectVoice
Signals that the action proceeds in an ontologically salient way,
i.e. that salience is assigned to nominals based on their referent's
relative real-world capacities to control situations. (Klaiman 1991:32)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/DirectVoice)
TODO: rename to CausativeVoice
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Causative, cf. Anticausative
Expressing the causation of an action.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Causative)
2016/08/29 introduced to account for raising and control features in lexinfo
Control indicates how a an argument from a main clause will be utilized in a subclause. This class includes both control structures and raising structures (http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#Control)
From http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#Control. But note that we regard Control as a feature of syntactic units (either verbs [=> control/raising] or arguments [=> raisable argument], not as a subclass of Frame, this reflects a different understanding of "Frame", in OLiA, Frames are semantic units, in lexinfo, they seem to be syntactic patterns, in other resources, e.g., VerbNet, both aspects are combined.
http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#ArbitraryControl
Indicates either the subject or object of the main clause may be the omitted argument of the subclause (http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#ArbitraryControl)
Indicates the object of the main clause is also the (omitted) object of the subclause (http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#ObjectControl)
http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#ObjectControl
Indicates the subject of the main clause is the (omitted) subject of the subclause (http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#SubjectControl)
http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#SubjectControl
Indicates the syntactic subject of the main clause is in fact the subject of the subclause. The main clause should then be interpreted as being impersonal. (http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#RaisingSubject)
http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#RaisingSubject
Control indicates how a an argument from a main clause will be utilized in a subclause. Control includes both control structures and raising structures of verbs/clauses (see Control). As opposed to this, the OLiA Raising class pertains to raisable/raised arguments, cf. http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#RaisableArgument
http://www.lexinfo.net/ontology/2.0/lexinfo#RaisableArgument
true
from http://lemon-model.net/lemon#RaisableArgument, deprecated because this is just a shorthand for Raising and SyntacticArgument
true
from http://lemon-model.net/lemon#RaisableSubject, deprecated because this is just a shorthand for Raising and SyntacticSubject
2010/04/08 merged with EAGLES NPFunction
"NPFunction is an additional optional attribute for adjectives.
It subsumes the values HeadFunction, Postmodifying and Premodifying."
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1a 20.11.06)
TIGER edge label HD, definition according to Penn Treebank Bracketing Guidelines (Santorini 1991)
Heads are single words that function as the nucleus of a phrase. For instance, the head of the noun
phrase Johnâs book is book. Book is also the head of the more complex noun phrase that interesting book
that you were telling me about the other day. The head of the verb phrase telling me about the other day is
telling. The head of a prepositional phrase is the preposition.
(Santorini 1991)
TIGER edge label HD
The predicate is the relation between the Clause and a portion of a clause, excluding the subject,
that expresses something about the subject (Crystal 1980: 280; Hartmann and Stork 1972: 182; Pei and
Gaynor 1954: 173; Pike and Pike 1982: 40; Mish et al. 1990: 926; Crystal 1985: 241-242).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/predicate)
adapted from http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/predicate
Note that most predicates are also (semantic) Heads of the respective clause
(cf. van Valin and Lapolla 1997, who, however, use the term "nucleus").
A syntax-centered approach on heads may, however, assign the label Head to an
auxiliary. As "head" is ambiguous between a syntactic function (finite verb) and
a semantic function (predicate), a direct association is avoided here.
A complement is a phrase that fits a particular slot in the syntax
requirements of a parent phrase
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Complement_%28linguistics%29).
An additional (morpho)syntactic constituent that may be subcategorized
for by the predicate.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticComplement)
The complement is attached inside the VP, NP, ADJP, or PP.
Verbs:
The term âcomplementâ as it is used here refers to:
1. internal arguments such as NP objects, S and SBAR with no adverbial dash tags (including some if-clauses, as in I wonder if the Cubs are winning), and quoted constituents (including SINV and FRAG)
2. the passive logical-subject by-phrase
3. VP
4. constituents tagged -BNF, -CLR, -DTV, -PRD, and -PUT
(S (NP-SBJ-1 the guide)
(VP was
(VP given
(NP *-1)
(PP-DTV to
(NP Arthur))
(PP by
(NP-LGS Ford)))))
Nouns:
Since it is difficult to consistently annotate an argument/adjunct distinction, all PP modifiers of nouns are Chomsky-adjoined to the NP:
(NP (NP a teacher)
(PP of
(NP chemistry)))
Adjectives:
Except in comparatives, any modifier following an adjective is bracketed as a complement.
(ADJP eager/likely/ready
(S to believe anything))
Prepositions:
The NP or S complement of a preposition is placed inside the PP.
(Bies et al. 1995)
according to the PennTreebank definition (Bies et al. 1995), arguments are complements
Prototypically, an optional (morpho)syntactic constituent.
'Satellites are not ... required by the predicate; they give
optional further information pertaining to additional features of the
SoA ..., the location of the SoA ..., the speaker's attitude towards
or evaluation of the propositional content ..., or the character of
the speech act...' (Dik, 1997:87)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticAdjunct)
The category adjunct (ADJ) is assigned to those constituents that appear as optional additions,
be it to the main verb or to a given noun. This means that they can be left out freely without
a change in grammaticality or a significant change in meaning.
In "John called Mary (from school) (with his cell phone)" the optional additions "from school"
and "with his cell phone" are such optional additions that can be left out freely.
Adjuncts are generally used to convey additional information about the time, place, manner, or
cause of the event or situation described by the clause (see below). That is, they restrict the
class of events/ situations described by the clause to a subset. If required the category ADJ
can be split up into semantic sub-categories, that are annotated in layer semantic roles (time,
location, etc.).
(Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.3)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticAdjunct
added in conformance with TIGER
added in conformance with TIGER, equivalent to SyntacticAdjunct, cf. definition by Dipper et al. (2007) there
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1373
Also called MODIFIER : A word or phrase that qualifies the sense of another word; for example, the noun alarm is a modifier of clock in "alarm clock" and the phrase every day is an adverbial modifier of walks in "he walks every day"
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=modifier; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1373)
Qualifier
TIGER edge label CJ
TIGER edge label CJ
added to account for TIGER edge labels with syntactic function
An inherent (morpho)syntactic constituent subcategorized for by a predicate.<br/>
'Arguments are those terms which are required by some predicate in
order to form a complete nuclear predication. They are essential to
the integrity of the SoA designated by the predicate frame. If we
leave them out, the property/relation designated by the predicate is
not fulfilled or satisfied.' (Dik, 1997:86f)<br/>
An argument can be a controller in an agreement relation.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticArgument)<br/>
The category ARG is assigned to those syntactic constituents that appear as obligatory complements
to the main verb. This means that they cannot be left out without a change in grammaticality or a
significant change in meaning.
(Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.3)
A nominal predicate (noun or adjective), either with or without copula.
The term nominal predicate may be used for the complements of further
copulative verbs (cf. small clauses), e.g. "consider", "call", etc.
(Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.5)
added in conformance with SFB632 annotation guidelines (Dipper et al., 2007)
The predicate of the clause is represented by a verbal lexeme. (Ch. Chiarcos)
introduced for non-nominal predicates, normally referred to as ``predicate'' (Ch. Chiarcos)
A Verb (V) at the syntax layer is either a lexical (VLEX) or a copula verb (VCOP) at the POS layer.
Modal verbs and auxiliaries are not annotated in the constituent structure. The verb and its arguments
are placed at the same CSn layer. Raising and control verbs are treated like ordinary verbs.
They subcategorize for a sentential complement.
(Dipper et al 2007, §3.3.3)
added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007)
EAGLES NPFunction="head"
The HeadFunction is a function of an adjective or participle that can serve as the focus of the phrase.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticSubject
The subject of a sentence is one of the two main parts of a sentence,
the other being the predicate. Providing an adequate definition of the
notion of a subject is notoriously difficult, and depends on a range
of grammatical properties that may vary from language to language. For
this reason, many current grammatical theories avoid using the term,
except for purely descriptive purposes, or define it in terms of
occupying a particular position in the clause. The term subject refers
to the grammatical function an expression may have in relation to
other expressions in a sentence, and it should be distinguished from
parts of speech, which classify expressions independently of their
relations to other constituents of a sentence.
The subject of a verb is the argument which generally refers to the
origin of the action or the undergoer of the state shown by the verb.
However, this definition depends on the particular language under
consideration. In languages where a passive voice exists, the subject
of a passive verb may be the target or result of the action. This is a
semantic definition. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Subject_(grammar)).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticSubject)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#A
First argument of a transitive or ditransitive verb.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#A)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#S
Intransitive argument (S), single argument of an intransitive verb or
only argument in a one-place predicate (frame).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#S)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticObject
In linguistics, the object of a transitive verb is one of its core
arguments, which generally represents the target of the verb's action or
the undergoer of its effects. In more general terms, an object is a
patient.
Verbs with no object (as in the sentence "I run") are called
intransitive verbs. Those which do take objects are called transitive
verbs. Transitive verbs which take only one object are known as
monotransitive. Ditransitive verbs have two objects, a patient and a
recipient. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Object_%28grammar%29).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#syntacticObject)
An object, traditionally defined, is either a direct object or an indirect object.
An object, in some usages, is any grammatical relation other than subject
(Crystal 1985: 211; Hartmann and Stork 1972: 155-156; Mish et al. 1990: 814, Comrie 1989: 66).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/object)
Prepositional object
Added in conformance with SFB632 annotation guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.4).
Note that we include postpositional objects under this term, as well, so a more adequate term would be adpositional object.
facultative (i.e. optional) prepositional object, e.g., passivized subject (von-phrase)
TüBa-D/Z edge label FOPP
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#R,
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1310
An indirect object is a grammatical relation that is one means of
expressing the semantic role of goal and other similar roles. It is
proposed for languages in which the role is distinct from the
direct object and the oblique object on the basis of multiple
independent syntactic or morphological criteria, such as the following:
(i) Having a particular case marking, commonly dative
(ii) Governing an agreement affix on the verb, such as person or number
(iii) Being distinct from oblique relations in that it may be relativized
A noun, pronoun, or noun phrase indicating the recipient or beneficiary of the action of a verb and its direct object
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1310)
Third argument of a ditransitive verb. Ditransitive recipient (Siewierska 2004:57).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#R)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/directObject,
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1274
A direct object is a grammatical relation that exhibits a combination of certain
independent syntactic properties, such as the following: the usual grammatical
characteristics of the patient of typically transitive verbs; particular case
marking; a particular clause position; the conditioning of an agreement affix
on the verb; the capability of becoming the clause subject in passivization; the
capability of reflexivization. The identification of the direct object relation
may be further confirmed by finding significant overlap with similar direct object
relations previously established in other languages. This may be done by analyzing
correspondence between translation equivalents (Crystal 1985: 94; Hartmann and
Stork 1972: 155; Mish et al. 1990: 358; Comrie 1989: 66; Andrews, Avery 1985:
68,120,126; Comrie 1985a: 337).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/directObject)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#P
Second argument of a transitive verb, transitive object (P)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#P)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#T
Ditransitive theme (T) (Siewierska 2004:57).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#T)
added in conformance with TIGER
added in conformance with TIGER
TODO: check definition
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adverbialModifier
An adverbial modifier modifies a verb.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adverbialModifier)
adnominal constituent
adnominal modifier
nominal modifier
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#nominalModifier
TODO: rename to AdnominalModifier
Each element in a construction is called adnominal that modifies a
nominal, such as, all types of attributives, such as adjectives, possessives,
prepositional attributes and relative clauses, such as the beautiful
house; the neighbourâs house, the house at the sea, the house, that I want.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#nominalModifier)
Adnominal wird jedes Element in einer Konstruktion bezeichnet, das der
Modifizierung eines Nomens dient, d.h. alle Formen von Attributen wie
Adjektive, Genitivattribute, PrÂäpositionalattribute, RelativsÂätze. Zum
Beispiel, das schÂöne Haus; das Haus des Nachbars; das Haus am See; das
Haus, das ich mir schon immer gewÂünscht habe.
(http://www.uni-trier.de/uni/fb2/ldv/ldv_wiki/index.php/Adnominal)
EAGLES, NPFunction="postmodifying", http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1945 (without restriction on nominal heads ?)
Postmodifying is a function of an adjective that can modify, describe, or qualify a preceding noun.
(EAGLES)
modificationType: Refers to the prenominal or postnominal positions of determiners which distinguish different forms. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1931)
EAGLES, NPFunction="premodifying", cf. http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1943 (preModifier, but without reference to nominal heads)
Premodifying is a function of an adjective that can modify a following noun.
(EAGLES)
modificationType: Refers to the prenominal or postnominal positions of determiners which distinguish different forms. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1931)
added in conformance to the TIGER scheme
TODO: check definition
added in conformance to the TIGER scheme
added in conformance with TIGER
TODO: check definition
added in conformance with TIGER
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#demonstrativeModifier
A nominal is modified by a demonstrative.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#demonstrativeModifier)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adjectivalModifier
A nominal is modified by an adjective.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#adjectivalModifier)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#numeralModifier
A nominal is modified by a numeral.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#numeralModifier)
true
inchoative
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2002
Aspect that expresses the beginning of an event or state.
completive
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-5474
To do something thoroughly and to completion.
ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#SimpleAspect
TODO: check whether this is properly defined
non-progressive, non-purposive aspect (for Indian languages defined by http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#SimpleAspect)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2001
Aspect that expresses the cessation of an event or state.
(SIL; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2001)
accomplished
cessative
subClassOf aspect (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Continuous
Similar to progressive, however an aspect is continuous versus progressive
when it is anchored to non-punctual time reference (Salaberry 2002:264).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Continuous)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Durative
Events which involve some duration (Bhat 1999:58).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Durative)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#dynamicityAspect
dynamic aspect
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#dynamicityAspect)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Frequentive
Events which are frequently repeated, differs from habitual in that it can
only be based upon the observation of several occurrences of the event concerned,
whereas habitual can be based upon the observation of a single occurrence (Bhat 1999: 53).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Frequentive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Habitual (as Aspect),
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense (as Tense),
modelled as an aspect here (temporally unmarked Habitual should be modelled as NotTemporallyAnchored)
Habitual tense pertains to verbs which refer to an action that occurs repeatedly.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense)
Refers to the internal temporal contour of a situation â a repeated
situation that occupies a large slice of time. Can be based on the
observation of a single occurrence.
(Bhat 1999:177)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Habitual)
EAGLES,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperfectiveAspect,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Imperfective
The Imperfective aspect is an aspect that expresses an event or state,
with respect to its internal structure, instead of expressing it as a
simple whole.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsImperfectiveAspect.htm 17.11.06)
The imperfective aspects ... do not view the situation as bounded,
but rather as ongoing in either a durative, continuative or habitual
sense (Bybee 1985:21)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperfectiveAspect)
A viewpoint aspect which encodes the speakerâs lack of attention to the endpoints
of the situation referred to. Imperfective aspect is the prototypical mode of
presentation for states (Michaelis 1998:xiv).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Imperfective)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inceptive
InceptiveAspect, also called the ingressive, encodes the beginning
portion of some event (Bybee 1985: 147, 149; Payne 1997: 240; Bhat 1999:176).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inceptive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Iterative
IterativeAspect, also called repetitives, encodes a number of events
of the same type that are repeated on a particular occasion. The time
interval which is relevant to the iterative is relatively shorter than
in the case of the habitual (Bybee 1985: 150; Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca
1994: 127). Portrays events repeated on the same occasion (like the
iterative knocking on the door) (Bhat 1999: 53)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Iterative)
EAGLES,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perfective
The perfective aspects (inceptive, punctual and completive) view
the situation as a bounded entity, and often put an emphasis on
its beginning or end. (Bybee 1985:21)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#perfectiveAspect)
The Perfective aspect is an aspect that expresses a temporal view
of an event or state as a simple whole, apart from the consideration
of the internal structure of the time in which it occurs.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsPerfectiveAspect.htm 17.11.06)
A viewpoint aspect which encodes the speakerâs willingness to attend to the endpoints
of the situation referred to. Perfective aspect is the canonical mode of presentation
for events (Michaelis 1998: xv).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perfective)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#phaseAspect,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phasal
A set of aspectual distinctions involving relations between a background
situation (the reference situation) and a situation located relative to
the reference situation (the denoted situation). In English, phasal
distinctions are expressed by auxiliary-headed constructions, like the
inceptive, progressive, and perfect constructions, whose head verbs express
the aspectual class of the denoted situation. The aspectual class of the
denoted situation differs from that of the reference situation
(Michaelis 1998:xv).
An event may have a beginning and an end, a middle portion (continuing or
changing), and also an ensuing result or an altered state. These are
considered to be the various âphasesâ½ of an event. A speaker may talk about
an event from the point of view of any of these individual phases, and his
language may have inflectional (or other type of) markers for representing
these distinctions. Since such markers indicate distinctions in the temporal
structure of an event, we may regard them as belonging to the category of
aspect. It has been suggested (Dik 1989: 186) that these may be grouped
under a subcategory (or âlevel") of aspect called âphasal aspect".
(Bhat 1999:49)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phasal)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#viewPointAspect
point of view aspect
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#viewPointAspect)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Progressive
ProgressiveAspect, also called the continuative or the durative,
encodes a single event as an ongoing process. Thus, states cannot
generally be encoded with the progressive (Comrie 1976: 32-35;
Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca 1994: 127-139; Payne 1997: 240). An
exponent of phasal aspect which expresses a stative situation that
holds during the time at which an event is occurring (e. g., He is
fixing the fence)
(Michaelis 1998:xv).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Progressive)
adapted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PurposiveAspect
The purposive aspect appears to add the notion of intention or probability, both negative and positive.
(Steckley, 2007, p. 14, about Huron)
(John Steckley, 2007, Words of the Huron, Wilfrid Laurier Univ. Press)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Quantificational,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#quantitativeAspect
A speaker may report an event as occurring once only (semelfactive) or
several times (iterative); he may view it as a specific event or as part
of a general habit of carrying out similar events; he may also differentiate
between different degrees of frequency with which the event occurs. The
markers that a given language provides for one or more of these meaning
distinctions can be grouped under a subcategory called âquantificational
aspect", as all of them refer to the quantitative aspect of the event
concerned (Bhat 1999:53).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Quantificational)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relevanceAspect
relevance aspect
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relevanceAspect)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Semelfactive
Momentaneous, without an inherent end-point, as sneeze (Michaelis 1998:xvi).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Semelfactive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Terminative
Denotes the termination of an event (Bhat 1999: 92).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Terminative)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2217
aspect that expresses an event or state that is not finished.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2217)
unaccomplished
subClassOf aspect (dcif:conceptualDomain)
true
Mood feature pertains to grammaticalized moods (as expressed in verbal inflection), Modality refers to the underlying concept that can also be manifested by other grammatical or orthographic markers
note that Modality overlaps with SentenceType (cf. InterrogativeModality besides Question, DeclarativeModality vs. DeclarativeSentence, etc.). The main difference between both is the restriction of SentenceType to full sentences as a basis of analysis. Any updates should maintain this relationship.
Adopted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#AbilitativeMood
modality expressed by AbilitativeMood: Abilitative is a mood that indicates ability, comparable to the use of "can" in English. (http://zbb.spinnwebe.com/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=34901)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3394
PhysicalAbilitiveModality indicates that an
agent has the physical capacity to perform some action. [Bybee, Perkins and
Pagliuca 1994: 192; Palmer 2001: 77]
actional force
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3063
ActionalForce indicates that the speaker or
hearer is to undertake some action. Actional force subsumes Imperative,
Commissive and Hortatory force.
hortative force
http://linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2010/HortatoryForce
A term sometimes used in the grammatical analysis of verbs, to refer to a type of modal meaning in which an exhortation is made. An example of a hortative usage ('a hortative') is the 'let us' construction in English ('let us pray'). [Crystal 2008: 232] (http://linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2010/HortatoryForce)
commissive force
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3120
CommissiveForce indicates that the speaker
promises or threatens to perform some action [Palmer 2001: 10,
72].
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperativeModality
Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it
predicates a command, request, or exhortation (OED).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperativeModality)
volitive force
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3555
VolitiveForce indicates that the speaker is
willing to perform some action [Palmer 2001: 76].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3836
Mood to express reported speech (or indirect speech) as opposed to direct speech.
Clarify relationship with DirectSpeech
evaluative property
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3184 (EvaluativeProperty)
EvaluativeProperty: A term used in semantics for a type of modality
where propositions express the speaker's attitude (e.g. surprise, regret)
towards what is being said. [Crystal 2003: 168]
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3384
PermissiveModality indicates that an agent has
permission to perform the action expressed by the predicate [Palmer 2001:
10, 71].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3313
MentalAbilitiveModality indicates that an agent
has the capacity to perform some mental action [Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca
1994: 192; Palmer 2001: 77].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3356
ObligativeModality indicates that an agent is
required to perform the action expressed by the predicate [Bybee, Perkins
and Pagliuca 1994: 177; Palmer 2001: 71].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3557
WeakObligativeModality indicates that an agent
is under a moral obligation to perform the action expressed by the predicate
[Bybee, Perkins and Pagliuca 1994: 186-187].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3181
EpistemicPossibilityModality indicates that the
designated state of affairs is not known not to be true.
categorical modality
epistemic necessitiy modality
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3180
EpistemicNecessityModality indicates that the
expressed proposition is known to be true. Also known as CategoricalModality
[Palmer 2001: 37, 68-69].
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#admonitiveModality
Expression of warning (Bybee 1985:22)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#admonitiveModality)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3835
Mood to express necessity or requirement
Nowak (1996)
In Inuktitut, causality is expressed by verbal inflection. Causal mood signifies causal relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39)
Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images: Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.
generalization over DeclarativeMood
Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it
predicates a type of (formal) assertion (OED).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#declarativeModality)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive
DubitiveMood indicates a speaker's doubt or uncertainty about a proposition (Palmer 2001).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Quotative, MTE VForm="quotative" (Estonian)
A quotative is grammatical device to mark reported speech in some languages (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotative), e.g., in Estonian.<br/>
‘Reportedly, while he was going (in his boat), he turned over.’
Ta olevat oma paadiga ümber läinud
He was_QUOTATIVE his_own boat_WITH over gone.<br/>
(Estonian translation of an example given under http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuotativeEvidential.htm)
(Heiki-Jaan.Kaalep, email 2010/06/22)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#interrogativeModality
The interrogative modality serves to indicate interrogative quality.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#interrogativeModality)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#optativeModality
Optative indicates that the speaker wishes or hopes that the expressed proposition
be the case (Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 179; Palmer 2001: 204).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subjunctive,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subjunctiveModality
The subjunctive is the mood that is minimally marked as opposed to
the indicative and that marks a clause as not directly representing
an assertion of the speaker.
(http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet Subjunktiv 18.06.07)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive
TimitiveMood expresses that the speaker fears something expressed in what is said
(Palmer 2001: 13, 22).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality
Irrealis modality indicates the situation to which it pertains is
non-actual or non-factual.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality)
adopted from ILPOSTS (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PresumptiveMood) for Indian languages
The presumptive mood is used in Romanian to express presupposition or hypothesis regarding the fact denoted by the verb, as well as other more or less similar attitudes: doubt, curiosity, concern, condition, indifference, inevitability. For example, acolo s-o fi dus "he might have gone there" shows the basic presupposition use, while the following excerpt from a poem by Eminescu shows the use both in a conditional clause de-o fi "suppose it is" and in a main clause showing an attitude of submission to fate le-om duce "we would bear".
De-o fi una, de-o fi alta... Ce e scris Èi pentru noi,
BucuroÈi le-om duce toate, de e pace, de-i rÄzboi.
Be it one, be it the other... Whatever fate we have,
We will gladly go through all, be it peace or be it war
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irrealis_mood#Presumptive)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258
In Inuktitut, conditionality is expressed by verbal inflection. Conditional mood signifies conditional relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39)
A conditional relation is a logical relation in which the illocutionary act employing one of a pair of propositions is expressed or implied to be true or in force if the other proposition is true.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConditionalRelation.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258)
Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images: Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.
conditional
subClassOf verbFormMood (dcif:conceptualDomain)
ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Real is restricted to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood
Conditional Mood (modality) with Realis meaning (ILPOSTS)
ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonReal is restricted to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood
Conditional Mood (modality) with Irrealis meaning (ILPOSTS)
true
Mood feature pertains to grammaticalized moods (as expressed in verbal inflection), Modality refers to the underlying concept that can also be manifested by other grammatical or orthographic markers. Every Mood concept however, entails the corresponding Modality, hence modelled as subsmption between these.
Adopted from ILPOSTS (for Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#AbilitativeMood
Abilitative is a mood that indicates ability, comparable to the use of "can" in English. (http://zbb.spinnwebe.com/viewtopic.php?f=7&t=34901)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3836
Mood to express reported speech (or indirect speech) as opposed to direct speech.
Clarify relationship with DirectSpeech
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3835
Mood to express necessity or requirement
Nowak (1996)
In Inuktitut, causality is expressed by verbal inflection. Causal mood signifies causal relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39)
Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images: Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#declarativeModality
Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it
predicates a type of (formal) assertion (OED).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#declarativeModality)
Unlike DeclarativeModality, a DeclarativeMood is morphologically marked.
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive
DubitiveMood indicates a speaker's doubt or uncertainty about a proposition (Palmer 2001).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Dubitive)
adopted from ILPOSTS, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#HabitualMood, I assume that HabitualMood is equivalent with HabitualAspect,
hence no corresponding HabitualModality has been introduced
"Habitual" is normally considered to be an aspect. Occasionally, it is, however, also described as a mood, e.g., by Bittner (2008, p. 354) for Kalaalisut (Greenlandic).
Maria Bittner (2008), Aspectual universals of temporal anaphora, In: Susan Deborah Rothstein (ed.), Theoretical and crosslinguistic approaches to the semantics of aspect, John Benjamins, Amsterdam, p. 349-386.
Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it
predicates a command, request, or exhortation (OED).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#imperativeModality)
postulated by Khoja, S, Garside, R, and Knowles, G (2001) A tagset for the morphosyntactic tagging of Arabic. Paper given at the Corpus Linguistics 2001 conference, Lancaster, http://zeus.cs.pacificu.edu/shereen/CL2001.pdf
The jussive is needed to express a command in the first and third person. This mood is realised in Arabic by rejecting the final vowel and is sometimes called the apocopated imperfect.
The purpose of the jussive is to express a command in the first or third person as in âheena yahduru yalbas thiyaban nazyfatanâ which means âwhen he attends, let him (he must) wear clean clothesâ, where the jussive is the word âyalbasâ âwearâ. Also, there is no negative imperative in Arabic, so the negative particle followed by the jussive is used in its place, such as âla taktubâ âdo not writeâ, where the jussive is the word âtaktubâ âwriteâ.
Khoja, S, Garside, R, and Knowles, G (2001) A tagset for the morphosyntactic tagging of Arabic. Paper given at the Corpus Linguistics 2001 conference, Lancaster, http://zeus.cs.pacificu.edu/shereen/CL2001.pdf
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Quotative, MTE VForm="quotative" (Estonian)
A quotative is grammatical device to mark reported speech in some languages (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotative), e.g., in Estonian.<br/>
‘Reportedly, while he was going (in his boat), he turned over.’
Ta olevat oma paadiga ümber läinud
He was_QUOTATIVE his_own boat_WITH over gone.<br/>
(Estonian translation of an example given under http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAQuotativeEvidential.htm)
(Heiki-Jaan.Kaalep, email 2010/06/22)
TODO: check relationship with DeclarativeMood
The indicative is the unmarked mood. It is used when no special modal
nuance in the clause or sentence is intended. It is the default mood
of independent declarative and often also of interrogative sentences.
(http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet Indikativ 18.06.07)
Expression of assertion. (Bybee 1985:22)
Pertaining to the mood or mode of a verb form or clause such that it
predicates a stated relation of objective fact (OED).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indicativeModality)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Indicative,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indicativeModality
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#optativeModality
Optative indicates that the speaker wishes or hopes that the expressed proposition
be the case (Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 179; Palmer 2001: 204).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Optative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subjunctive,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subjunctiveModality
The subjunctive is the mood that is minimally marked as opposed to
the indicative and that marks a clause as not directly representing
an assertion of the speaker.
(http://www.uni-erfurt.de/sprachwissenschaft/proxy.php?port=8080&file=lido/servlet/Lido_Servlet Subjunktiv 18.06.07)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive
TimitiveMood expresses that the speaker fears something expressed in what is said
(Palmer 2001: 13, 22).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Timitive)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality
Irrealis modality indicates the situation to which it pertains is
non-actual or non-factual.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#irrealisModality)
adopted from ILPOSTS (http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PresumptiveMood) for Indian languages
The presumptive mood is used in Romanian to express presupposition or hypothesis regarding the fact denoted by the verb, as well as other more or less similar attitudes: doubt, curiosity, concern, condition, indifference, inevitability. For example, acolo s-o fi dus "he might have gone there" shows the basic presupposition use, while the following excerpt from a poem by Eminescu shows the use both in a conditional clause de-o fi "suppose it is" and in a main clause showing an attitude of submission to fate le-om duce "we would bear".
De-o fi una, de-o fi alta... Ce e scris Èi pentru noi,
BucuroÈi le-om duce toate, de e pace, de-i rÄzboi.
Be it one, be it the other... Whatever fate we have,
We will gladly go through all, be it peace or be it war
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Irrealis_mood#Presumptive)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258
In Inuktitut, conditionality is expressed by verbal inflection. Conditional mood signifies conditional relationships in a sentence. (Nowak 1996, p.39)
A conditional relation is a logical relation in which the illocutionary act employing one of a pair of propositions is expressed or implied to be true or in force if the other proposition is true.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAConditionalRelation.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1258)
Elke Nowak (1996), Transforming the images: Ergativity and transitivity in Inuktitut (Eskimo). Walter de Gruyter, Berlin.
conditional
subClassOf verbFormMood (dcif:conceptualDomain)
ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Real is restricted to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood
Conditional Mood (modality) with Realis meaning (ILPOSTS)
ILPOSTS (Indian languages), http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonReal is restricted to conditional participles, hence probably a subtype of ConditionalMood
Conditional Mood (modality) with Irrealis meaning (ILPOSTS)
in EAGLES and MULTEXT-East restricted to pronouns, in ILPOSTS applicable to many different WordClasses, hence modelled as an independent feature, cf. http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Emphasis
added in accordance with ILPOSTS, cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticPronoun, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941 (emphatic pronoun)
Pronoun marked to show its importance. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1941)
In Romanian, the so-called emphatic determiner may accompany both a noun and a personal pronoun: fata *însÄÅi* (the girl *herself*), also ea *însÄÅi* (she *herself*). (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer)
Emphasis can not only be expressed on nouns and pronouns, but also at verbs, adverbs, adpositions, etc., cf. http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Emphasis
added in accordance with ILPOSTS, cf. http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticDeterminer, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EmphaticPronoun
In languages where emphasis can be grammatically marked, the unmarked form would be considered NonEmphatic, see #Emphatic
EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Third
Third person is deictic reference to a referent(s) not identified
as the speaker or addressee. For example in English "he", "she",
"they" or the third person singular verb suffix -s, e.g. in "He
sometimes flies."
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsThirdPersonDeixis.htm 20.11.06)
EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Second
Refers to the person(s) the speaker is addressing (Crystal 1997: 285).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Second)
EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/First
first person
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1288
First person deixis is deictic reference that refers to the speaker, or both the speaker and referents grouped with the speaker (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1288)
cf. gold:First: Refers to the speaker and one or more nonparticipants, but not hearer(s). Contrasts with FirstPersonInclusive (Crystal 1997: 285).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/First)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdProximative, modelled here under Third
Proximative refers to one or more non-participants that are in some way
distinct/closer to the speaker than other non-particpants.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdProximative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstInclusive,
modelled here as subconcept of First
Refers to the speaker, hearer(s) and possibly others.
Contrasts with FirstPersonExclusive (Crystal 1997: 285).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstInclusive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdObviative,
modelled here as a subconcept of Third
Obviative refers to one or more non-participants that are in some
way further removed from the speaker than other non-particpants.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ThirdObviative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstExclusive,
modelled as a subconcept of First here
Refers to the speaker and one or more nonparticipants,
but not hearer(s). Contrasts with FirstPersonInclusive
(Crystal 1997: 285).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FirstExclusive)
EAGLES PersonalPronoun attribute Politeness="Polite".
The EAGLES attribute politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns.
In French, for example, it is possible to treat Polite simply as pragmatic values encoded
through other attributes - especially person and number.
In languages where there are special polite pronoun forms (e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted),
the additional Politeness attribute is required.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or respectful reference,
e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#Honorific
TOCHECK: is SecondHonorific different from SecondPolite ?
Adopted from ILPOSTS for Indian languages, http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#NonHonorific
TOCHECK: is SecondNonHonorific different from SecondFamiliar ?
EAGLES PersonalPronoun attribute Politeness="Familiar".
The EAGLES attribute politeness (polite/ familiar) is limited to second-person pronouns.
In several European languages exist special forms of pronouns for polite or respectful reference,
e.g. Dutch u and Spanish usted. The feature SecondFamiliar applies to the corresponding unmarked
forms for informal conversiation in such languages.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node18.html#oav1p 19.09.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3549
VisualEvidentiality encodes the fact that the
speaker came to believe the content of the expression through direct visual
experience; they saw it [Palmer 2001: 57].
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3367
An indication that the source of information is
someone other than the speaker. [Aikhenvald 2006: 106]
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3150
DeductiveEvidentiality encodes the fact that the
speaker came to believe the content of the expression through a sound
inference procedure. [Palmer 2001: 6-8].
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#feminineGender
Feminine gender is a grammatical gender that marks nouns, articles,
pronouns, etc. that have human or animal female referents, and often
marks nouns that have referents that do not carry distinctions of sex.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2at 17.11.06)
EAGLES,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#neuterGender
Neuter gender is a grammatical gender that includes those nouns,
articles, pronouns, etc. having referents which do not have
distinctions of sex, and often includes some which do have a
natural sex distinction.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsNeuterGender.htm 17.11.06)
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#masculineGender
Masculine gender is a grammatical gender that marks nouns, articles,
pronouns, etc. having human or animal male referents, and often marks
nouns having referents that do not have distinctions of sex.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsMasculineGender.htm 17.11.06)
EAGLES
Common is an optional attribute for nouns in EAGLES.
The Common gender contrasts with Neuter in a two-gender system e.g. Danish, Dutch.
This value is also used for articles, pronouns and determiners especially for Danish.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2at 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Animate
One of the two grammatical genders, or classes of nouns, the other being inanimate.
Membership in the animate grammatical class is largely based on meanings, in that living things,
including humans, animals, spirits, trees, and most plants are included in the animate class of
nouns (Valentine 2001: 114).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Animate)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inanimate
One of the two grammatical genders, or noun classes, of Nishnaabemwin,
the other being animate. Membership in the inanimate grammatical class
is largely based on meaning, in that non-living things, such as objects
of manufacture and natural 'non-living' things are included in it
(Valentine 2001: 114).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inanimate)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3541
Vegetable gender refers to inanimates and exists
in some four-way gender systems, e.g., masculine, feminine, neuter, and
vegetable as in Bininj Gun-wok [Evans 2003: 202].
Subclassification in absolute, relaive and absolute-relative adopted from TDS.
Habitual is modelled here as Aspect, in accordance with GOLD, replaced here by
NotTemporallyAnchored.
Skipped TDS non-presentTense (= complement of Present),
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonFuture,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NonPast,
redefined Future and Past as superconcepts to cover different future and past tenses
A replacement for TDS Habitual that is modelled here as an Aspect:
Habitual tense pertains to verbs which refer to an action that occurs repeatedly.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#habitualTense)
To be used for actions that are not bound to a particular reference point.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeTense
relative tense
Relative tense is a tense that refers to a time in relation to a contextually
determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latterâs temporal
relation to the moment of utterance.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeTense
with reference to http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisrelativetense.htm)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteTense
absolute tense
Absolute tense refers to a time in relation to the moment of utterance.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteTense with
reference to http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisabsolutetense.htm")
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteRelativeTense
absolute-relative tense
Absolute-relative tense is a tense that
(i) refers to a time in relation to a temporal reference point that,
in turn, is referred to in relation to the moment of utterance
(ii) in which the time and the reference point are not identical, and
(iii) the reference point and the moment of utterance are not identical.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absoluteRelativeTense with
reference to http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/whatisabsoluterelativetense.htm)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348
Past perfect tense is an absolute-relative tense that refers to a time in the past relative to a reference point, which itself is in the past relative to the moment of utterance
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsPastPerfectTense.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348)
denoting a tense of verbs used in relating past events where the action had already occurred at the time of the action of a main verb that is itself in a past tense. In English this is a compound tense formed with had plus the past participle
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=past+perfect; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1348)
Past perfect
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1351, modelled as an absolute tense here
A verb tense that refers to completed action in the past. It corresponds to three English tenses.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1351)
Perfect
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#presentTense
Present tense refers to the moment of utterance.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#presentTense)
Present tense refers to the moment of utterance.
It often refers to events or states that do not merely coincide
with the moment of utterance, such as those that are continuous,
habitual, or lawlike.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsPresentTense.htm 17.11.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1404
present (action in the same time as of the predicate): The dog going through the house barks. past (action premature to the one of predicate): He has started to read the book after he had sat down.
(ark.wz.cz/cidarke/mverb.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1404)
Transgressive
EAGLES,
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#futureTense,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future
The future tense refers to events that have yet to happen.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Future 17.11.06)
The future tense refers to a tense category which places an event in the future.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#futureTense)
FutureTense locates the situation in question later than the present moment (time of speaking.)
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future)
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#pastTense
The past tense is a verb tense expressing action, activity, state
or being in the past. (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Past_tense 17.11.06)
The past tense refers to a tense category which places an event in the past.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#pastTense)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1240
Simple past tense that is predominantly used for narration. Both the perfective and the imperfective forms can be used in the aorist without any restrictions.
(www.helsinki.fi/~bontchev/grammar/index.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1240)
aorist
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemotePast, classified as absolute-relative here
RemotePastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present
moment, usually more than a few days ago (Dahl 1985:121; Comrie 1985:88).
Subsumes notion of PreHesternalPast tense, which locates the situation in
question before that of an opposing hesternal past tense.
(Bybee, Perkins, Pagliuca 1994: 98).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemotePast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInPast, classified as absolute-relative tense here
FutureInPastTense locates the situation in question in the future,
relative to a contextually determined temporal reference point that
itself must be located in the past relative to the moment of utterance.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInPast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalPast, classified as Past here
HodiernalPastTense locates the situation in question before the moment of
utterance within the span culturally defined as 'today' (Comrie 1985:87;
Dahl 1985:125-126). Contrasts with PreHodiernalPastTense.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalPast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/CloseFuture, classified as AbsoluteTense here
Adopted from GOLD. No definition given.
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInPast, classified as absolute-relative tense here.
PastInPast tense locates the situation in question prior to a reference time in the past.
Also known as PluperfectTense.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInPast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativeFuture, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292
RelativeFutureTense locates the situation in question after a contextually
determined temporal reference point, regardless of the latter's relation to
the moment of utterance. Also called FuturePerfectTense (Comrie 1985:69-71).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativeFuture)
A verb tense that refers to an action or state of being completed in the future.
Translation into English requires the use of the auxiliary verbs will/shall have.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292)
A tense of verbs describing an action that will have been performed by a certain time.
In English this is formed with will have or shall have plus the past participle.
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=future+perfect; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1292)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HesternalPast, classified as Past here
HesternalPastTense locates the situation in question somewhere in
the span beginning with the period defined culturally as 'yesterday'
and extends back through some period that is considered nonremote
(Comrie 1985:87-88; Dahl 1985:126).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HesternalPast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalFuture, classified as Future here
HodiernalFutureTense locates the situation in question after the moment
of utterance within the span culturally defined as 'today' (Comrie 1985:
86; Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 247).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/HodiernalFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PostHodiernalFuture, classified as Future here
PostHodiernalFutureTense locates the situation in question after
the span that is culturally defined as 'today' (Bybee, Perkins,
and Pagliuca 1994: 247).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PostHodiernalFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInFuture, classified as absolute-relative tense here.
FutureInFutureTense locates the situation in question in the future,
relative to a temporal reference point that itself is located in the
future relative to the moment of utterance.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/FutureInFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemoteFuture, classified as Future here
RemoteFutureTense locates the situation in question at a time that
is considered relatively distant. It is characteristically after
the span of time culturally defined as 'tomorrow' (Dahl 1985:121;
Comrie 1985:94).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RemoteFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePast
RelativePastTense locates the situation in question before that of
a contextually determined temporal reference point (Comrie 1985:
104). Also called PastPerfectTense.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediatePast, classified as Past here
ImmediatePastTense locates the situation in question at a time considered
very recent in relation to the moment of utterance (Comrie 1985: 87).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediatePast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePresent
RelativePresentTense locates the situation in question simultaneously
with some contextually determined temporal reference point.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RelativePresent)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/StillPresent
StillPresentTense is similar to PresentTense but carries the presupposition
that an event or state held before the moment of utterance. In positive
declarative clauses, still present tense asserts that the event or state
holds at the moment of utterance (Comrie 1985: 54; named changed from
'StillTense').
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/StillPresent)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1304
Verb tense that refers to action in the past that is incomplete or ongoing.
(www.southwestern.edu/~carlg/Latin_Web/glossary.html; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1304)
imperfect
subClassOf grammaticalTense (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PastInFuture
Locates the situation in question in the future, prior to a reference
time in the future.
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NearFuture, classified as Future here
adopted from GOLD, no definition given there
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NearFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PreHodiernalPast, classified as absolute tense
PreHodiernalPastTense locates the situation in question before that of a
contrasting HodiernalPastTense. According to Bybee, Perkins, Pagliuca 1994:
98. this category must be defined relative to a HodiernalPastTense.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/PreHodiernalPast)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past
PastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present moment,
with no specification on the distance in time (Comrie 1985).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Future, cf. http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past
FutureTense locates the situation in question after the present moment,
with no specification on the distance in time.
(adapted from the definition of http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Past)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediateFuture
ImmediateFutureTense, also called 'close future', locates the situation
in question shortly after the moment of utterance (Dahl 1985:121; Comrie
1985:94; Bybee, Perkins, and Pagliuca 1994: 244-245).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ImmediateFuture)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RecentPast
RecentPastTense locates the situation in question prior to the present moment,
but by culturally and situationally defined criteria, usually within the span
ranging from yesterday to a week or a few months previous (Comrie 1985:87;
Dahl 1985:121-122).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/RecentPast)
EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1422
The superlative of an adjective or adverb is a form of adjective or
adverb which indicates that something has some feature to a greater
degree than anything it is being compared to in a given context.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Superlative 17.11.06)
EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1420
Value used in a comparison relationship when no comparison is involved.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1420)
The Positive is the form of an adjective or
adverb on which comparative and superlative are formed.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Positive 17.11.06)
EAGLES, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1421
The comparative is the form of an adjective or adverb which denotes
the degree or grade by which a person, thing, or other entity has a
property or quality greater or less in extent than that of another.
In English the structure of a comparative consists normally of the
positive form of the adjective or adverb, plus the suffix -er, or
(especially in the case of longer words) the modifier "more" (or
"less") before the adjective or adverb. The form is usually completed
by "than" and the noun which is being compared, e.g. "he is taller
than his father is", or "the village is less picturesque than the
town near by is". (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Comparative 17.11.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3857
noun expressing a location, equivalent to ProperNoun and hasSemanticRole some LocationRole
true
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3856
noun expressing an instrument of the action
true
deprecated, as merely a shorthand for Noun and hasSemanticRole some InstrumentRole
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3859
true
deprecated, as merely a shorthand for CommonNoun and hasEmphasis some Emphatic
noun that emphasizes another noun
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3855
noun expressing time
true
deprecated, as merely a shorthand for Noun and hasSemanticRole some TimeRole
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3853
noun conveying the meaning that the action is performed once
true
onceNoun [DC-3853] ``noun conveying the meaning that the action is performed once''. Clearly, this noun carries a meaning that is closely related to aspect information (e.g., SemelfactiveAspect), but as aspect is a verb-centered concept, it would have been counter-intuitive to model this as Noun and hasAspect some SemelfactiveAspect. Hence, this concept is directly adopted in the OLiA Reference Model, but marked as deprecated until an ontologically satisfying modeling of aspect-related features of nouns has been achieved.
true
deprecated, as merely a shorthand for CommonNoun and hasSemanticRole some MannerRole
manner noun
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3854
noun expressing a manner
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3860
noun to express both comparative and superlative
added in compliance with ISOcat
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#ElativeDegree, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1276, note that the latter conflates ElativeDegree and ElativeCase
MULTEXT-East Degree="elative" (Adjective: Resian, Serbian, Macedonian)<br/>
In Semitic languages, ElativeDegree refers to the “adjective of superiority.” In some languages such as Arabic, the concepts of comparative and superlative degree of an adjective are merged into a single form, the elative. How this form is understood or translated depends upon context and definiteness. In the absence of comparison, the elative conveys the notion of “greatest”, “supreme.” The elative of كبير (kabí:r, "big") is أكبر (’ákbar, “bigger/biggest”, “greater/greatest”). (http://en.wiktionary.org/wiki/elative)
In Slavic languages, as well, it is pretty standard. I do agree with the definition though, that "the elative conveys the notion of “greatest”, “supreme.”" So, Slovene "lep" is beautiful, "prelep" is very (or supremely) beautiful; I guess the "pre-" prefix could be roughly translated as "over-". Used in Resian, Serbian, Macedonian. In Slovenian, we banished it, as even "ordinary" degrees are borderline inflection / derivation, but, I think, elative is is definitely not inflection. (Tomaž Erjavec, email 2010/06/21)
e.g., predivan, prekasan, premanjeg/premali, premanjega/premali, premanjem/premali, premanjemu/premali, premanji/premali (sr)
e.g., прешпионска/шпионски, прешпионскава/шпионски, прешпионскана/шпионски, прешпионската/шпионски, прешпионски/шпионски, прешпионскиве/шпионски, прешпионскине/шпионски, прешпионскиов/шпионски, прешпионскион/шпионски (mk)
Skipped EAGLES case feature values Uninflected (uninformative), and
NonGenitive (= complement of Genitive).
As for TDS case feature values, only "grammaticalCase" has been adopted.
As for GOLD case feature values, everything has been adopted, although it seems
that some of these cases are actually semantic (theta) roles, i.e., "case" in the
sense of Fillmore (1966), e.g., BenefactiveCase.
TODO:
rename all subconcepts to ...Case
Note that also Indian case markers were included here (ILPOSTS). These are described differently, either as postpositions or as grammatical cases.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2798
Case used to express the direct object, indirect object, object of a preposition, object complement and subject of an infinitive.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3096
AversiveCase expresses fear or is literally
translated as 'turning from' in some languages [Blake 2001:
156].
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FactiveCase
case category of the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, e.g., amilyenné/amilyen, azzá/az, erőddé/erő, jelmezeivé/jelmez, jelükké/jel, kevéssé/kevés, Kissé/Kiss, legjelentéktelenebbekké/jelentéktelen (hu)
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FactiveCase)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DistributiveCase
The distributive case is used on nouns for the meanings of per or each, e.g., Hungarian egyenként/egy, hetenként/hét, ilyenként/ily, kéthetenként/kéthét, rekordonként/rekord, tömbönként/tömb, vércsoportonként/vércsoport
In Hungarian it is -nként and expresses the manner when something happens to each member of a set one by one (e.g., fejenként "per head", esetenként "in some case"), or the frequency in time (hetenként "once a week", tÃzpercenként "every ten minutes").
In the Finnish language, this adverb type is rare, even rarer in the singular. Its ending is -ttain/-ttäin. The basic meaning is "separately for each". For example, maa ("country") becomes maittain for an expression like Laki ratifioidaan maittain ("The law is ratified separately in each country"). It can be used to distribute the action to frequent points in time, e.g., päivä (day) has the plural distributive päivittäin (each day). It can mean also "in (or with) regard to the (cultural) perspective" when combined with a word referring to an inhabitant (-lais-). Frequently Finns (suomalaiset) say that suomalaisittain tuntuu oudolta, että, or "in the Finnish perspective, it feels strange that".
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DistributiveCase, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Distributive_case)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Abessive, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1223
AbessiveCase expresses the lack or absence of the referent of the
noun it marks. It has the meaning of the English preposition 'without'
(Pei and Gaynor 1954: 3,35; Gove, et al. 1966: 3).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Abessive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Ablative, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1224
Case used to indicate locative or instrumental function.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1224)
AblativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location from which another referent is moving. It has the
meaning 'from'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Ablative)
TDS Ontology, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1225
Absolutive case marks the first argument of an intransitive verb and the
second argument of a transitive verb in ergative-absolutive languages.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#absolutiveCase)
EAGLES
In nominative-accusative languages, accusative case marks certain syntactic functions, usually direct objects.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsAccusativeCase.htm 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Adessive, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1228
AdessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location near/at which another referent exists. It has the
meaning of 'at' or 'near' (Crystal 1997: 8).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Adessive)
TODO: rename to AdditiveCase
aditive case
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1229
Case expressing "to" in Basque studies. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1229)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Allative; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1236
AllativeCase expresses motion to or toward the referent of the noun
it marks (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 6,9,216; Lyons 1968: 299; Crystal 1985:
1213; Gove, et al. 1966: 55,2359).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Allative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Benefactive; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1247
BenefactiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
receives the benefit of the situation expressed by the clause
(Crystal 1980: 43; Gove, et al. 1966: 203).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Benefactive)
causative case
Case which expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the
cause of the situation expressed by the clause.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1253)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1253
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1255
ComitativeCase expresses accompaniment. It carries the meaning 'with'
or 'accompanied by' (Anderson, Stephen 1985: 186; Pei and Gaynor 1954:
42;Dixon, R. 1972: 12; Gove, et al. 1966: 455).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contablative
ContablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
is the location from near which another referent is moving. It has
the meaning 'from near'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contablative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contallative
ContallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the
vicinity of the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning
'towards the vicinity of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contallative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Conterminative
ConterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into
the vicinity of the referent of the noun it marks, but not through
that region. It has the meaning 'moving into the vicinity of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Conterminative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contlative
ContlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
is the location in the vicinity of which another referent is moving.
It has the meaning 'in the vicinity of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Contlative)
EAGLES
Dative case marks indirect objects (for languages in which they are held to exist), or
nouns having the role of a recipient (as of things given),
a beneficiary of an action, or a possessor of an item.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsDativeCase.htm 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Delative, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1268
DelativeCase expresses motion downward from the referent of the
noun it marks (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 53; Gove, et al. 1966: 595).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Delative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Elative, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1276, note that the latter conflates ElativeDegree and ElativeCase
ElativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location out of which another referent is moving. It has the
meaning 'out of' (Lyons 1968: 299; Pei and Gaynor 1954: 64; Crystal
1985: 106; Gove, et al. 1966: 730).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Elative)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1279
Case that expresses likeness or identity to the
referent of the noun it marks. It can have meaning,
such as: 'as', 'like', or 'in the capacity of'.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1279)
TDS Ontology
In ergative-absolutive languages, the ergative case identifies the subject of a transitive verb.
In such languages, the ergative case is typically marked (most salient), while the absolutive
case is unmarked. (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#ergativeCase
with reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ergative_case).
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Essive, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1281
EssiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the
location at which another referent exists (Lyons 1968: 299,301; Gove,
et al. 1966: 778; Crystal 1985: 112; Blake 1994: 154-5).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Essive)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#EssiveFormalCase
The Hungarian "formativus, or essivus-formalis `-ként' ... usually expresses a position, task and manner of the person or the thing." (Nose 2003), e.g., Hungarian 'katonaként' -> [serves] as a soldier. (Csaba Oravecz, email 2010/06/15)<br/><br/>
"Haspelmath & Buchholz (1998:321) explained the function of the essive case as ``role phrases''. Role phrases represent the role of the function in which a participant appears. They regard the role phrases as adverbial."
(Nose 2003, p. 117)<br/>
In the Hungarian language this case combines the Essive case and the Formal case, and it can express the position, task, state (e.g. "as a tourist"), or the manner (e.g. "like a hunted animal"). The status of the suffix -ként in the declension system is disputed for several reasons. First, in general, Hungarian case suffixes are absolute word-final, while -ként permits further suffixation by the locative suffix -i. Second, most Hungarian case endings participate in vowel harmony, while -ként does not. For these reasons, many modern analyses of the Hungarian case system, starting with László Antal's "A magyar esetrendszer" (1961) do not consider the essive/formal to be a case.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Essive-formal_case)<br/>
cf. Masahiko Nose (2003), Adverbial Usage of the Hungarian Essive Case
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DirectCase
In the Romanian case system the value 'direct' conflates 'nominative' and 'accusative',
e.g., -acea/acel, -aceasta/acesta, -această/acest
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#DirectCase)
EAGLES-recommended case feature
Genitive case signals that the referent of the marked noun is the possessor
of the referent of another noun, e.g. "the man's foot". In some languages,
genitive case may express an associative relation between the marked noun
and another noun.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsGenitiveCase.htm 17.11.06)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FormalCase
In Hungarian, `essive-formal' is in some descriptions simply called `formal', with the affix _-képp(en)_ and meaning (`in
the form of ...', they probably meant when they came up with the term).
In the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, essive-formal and formal are distinguished.
(Ivan A. Derzhanski, email 2010/06/15, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FormalCase)<br/>
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultiplicativeCase
A case used in the Hungarian MULTEXT-East scheme, e.g., tizennegyedszer/tizennegyed, tucatszor/tucat, tízezredszer/tízezred (hu)
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#MultiplicativeCase)
The multiplicative case is a grammatical case used for marking a number of something ("three times").
The case is found in the Hungarian language, for example nyolc (eight), nyolcszor (eight times).
The case appears also in Finnish as an adverbial (adverb-forming) case. Used with a cardinal number it denotes the number of actions; for example, viisi (five) -> viidesti (five times). Used with adjectives it refers to the mean of the action, corresponding the English suffix -ly: kaunis (beautiful) -> kauniisti (beautifully). It is also used with a small number of nouns: leikki (play) -> leikisti (just kidding, not really). In addition, it acts as an intensifier when used with a swearword: piru -> pirusti.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Multiplicative_case)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#TemporalisCase
The so-called Temporalis Case is formed in Hungarian with -kor. Expresses a point of time or a period. (http://member.melbpc.org.au/~tmajlath/form-suffix.html)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Illative; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1303
IllativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location into which another referent is moving. It has the
meaning 'into' (Lyons 1968: 299; Gove, et al. 1966: 1126; Crystal
1985: 152).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Illative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inablative
InablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location from within which another referent is moving. It has
the meaning 'from within'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inablative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inallative
InallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region
that is inside the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning
'towards in(side)'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inallative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inessive, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1311
InessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location within which another referent exists. It has the
meaning of 'within' or 'inside' (Lyons 1968: 299; Gove, et al.
1966: 1156; Crystal 1985: 156). X in Y.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Inessive)
TDS Ontology, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#instrumentalCase-grammatical;
GOLD, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Instrumental;
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1316
InstrumentalCase indicates that the referent of the noun it marks is the means of the accomplishment
of the action expressed by the clause
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Instrumental)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interablative
InterablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
is the location from between which another referent is moving. It
has the meaning 'from inbetween'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interablative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interallative
InterallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the
region that is in the middle of the referent of the noun it marks.
It has the meaning 'towards the middle of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interallative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interessive
InteressiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location between which another referent exists. It has the meaning
of 'between'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interessive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interlative
InterlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
is the location between which another referent is moving. It has
the meaning 'to the middle of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interlative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative
'into in(side of)'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative
InterterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into
the middle of the referent of the noun it marks, but not through it.
It has the meaning 'into the middle of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Interminative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intertranslative
IntertranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along
a trajectory between the referent of the noun it marks. It has the
meaning 'along the in between.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intertranslative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intranslative
IntranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving through
the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along through'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Intranslative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Lative; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1323
LativeCase expresses 'motion up to the location of,' or 'as far as'
the referent of the noun it marks (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 121; Gove,
et al. 1966: 1277).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Lative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Locational
Category of case that denotes that the referent of the noun it
marks is a location.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Locational)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326
Case that indicates a final location of action or a time of the action. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326)
locative case
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Malefactive
Opposite of BenefactiveCase; used when the marked noun is negatively
affected in the clause.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Malefactive)
EAGLES
In nominative-accusative languages, nominative case marks clausal subjects and is applies to nouns in isolation.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsNominativeCase.htm 17.11.06)
oblique case
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1336; in EAGLES applied to non-subject pronouns in English and Dutch
Case that is used when a noun is the object of a verb or a
proposition, except for nominative and vocative case.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1336)
TDS ontology; http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Partitive; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2003
The partitive case is a grammatical case which denotes "partialness",
"without result", or "without specific identity".
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#partitiveCase
with reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Partitive)
PartitiveCase expresses the partial nature of the referent of the
noun it marks, as opposed to expressing the whole unit or class
of which the referent is a part. This case may be found in items
such as the following: existential clauses, nouns that are
accompanied by numerals or units of measure, or predications of
material from which something is made. It often has a meaning
similar to the English word 'some' (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 161;
Richards, Platt, and Weber 1985: 208; Quirk, et al. 1985: 249;
Gove, et al. 1966: 1648; Sebeok 1946: 1214).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Partitive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perlative
PerlativeCase expresses that something moved 'through','across',
or 'along' the referent of the noun that is marked (Blake 1998:
38, 203).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Perlative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Possessed
PossessedCase is used to mark the noun whose referent is possessed
by the referent of another noun.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Possessed)
Prepositional case is an in EAGLES optional value of CaseFeature for Spanish pronouns and determiners.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2v 15.11.06)
In many grammars, the term "prepositional case" is to refer to case marking that only occurs in
combination with prepositions. Normally, this is an oblique case, e.g., the Russian 6th case,
also referred to as "locative". (Ch. Chiarcos)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1368
Case for a noun or a pronoun that expresses motion within
a place or a period of time needed for an event.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1368)
TDS Ontology, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#proprietiveCase-grammatical
Proprietive case marks a possessional relation, i.e. 'having' something.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#proprietiveCase-grammatical)
added in accordance with the ILPOSTS tagset for a case marker (postposition) in Indian languages, cf. http://purl.org/olia/ilposts.owl#PurposiveCase
Purposive marks the goal of an activity, e.g., 'going out FOR (i.e. to catch) KANGAROOS'; 'call them FOR (i.e. to eat) FOOD'.
The common purposive suffix -gu is a recurrent suffix on verbs ... The purposive case suffix is often used on a nominalised clause (and this may possibly be the origin of the verbal purposive).
(Dixon 2002, p.134, on purposive case in [several] Australian languages)
R.M.W. Dixon (2002), Australian Languages. CUP, Cambridge
sociative case
adopted from http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1388
TODO: check whether this is really different from comitative
Case related to the person in whose company the action is carried out,
or to any belongings of people which take part in the action.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1388)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subablative
SubablativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks
is the location from under which another referent is moving. It
has the meaning 'from under'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subablative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Suballative
SuballativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the
region that is under the referent of the noun it marks. It has
the meaning 'towards the region that is under'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Suballative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subessive
SubessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location under which another referent exists. It has the meaning
of 'under' or 'beneath'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subessive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Sublative; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1392
SublativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location under which another referent is moving toward. It has
the meaning 'towards the underneath of'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Sublative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subterminative
SubterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into
the region under the referent of the noun it marks, but not through
that region. It has the meaning 'into the region under'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subterminative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subtranslative
SubtranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along a
trajectory underneath the referent of the noun it marks. It has the
meaning 'along the region underneath'. Unfortunate name clash with
'Superlative' as a feature of adjectives.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Subtranslative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superablative
Superablative expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is
the location from over which another referent is moving. It has the
meaning 'from over'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superablative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superallative
SuperallativeCase expresses that something is moving toward the region
that is above the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning
'towards the region that is over'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superallative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superessive, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1396
SuperessiveCase expresses that the referent of the noun it
marks is the location on which another referent exists. It has
the meaning of 'on' or 'upon'. (Pei and Gaynor 1954: 207, Gove,
et al. 1966: 2293).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superessive)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superlative
SuperlativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun it marks is the location onto
which another referent is moving. It has the meaning of 'onto'. Unfortunate name clash
with 'Superlative' as a property of adjectives.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superlative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superterminative
SuperterminativeCase expresses the notion of something moving into
the region over the referent of the noun it marks, but not through
that region. It has the meaning 'into the region over'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Superterminative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Supertranslative
SupertranslativeCase expresses the notion of something moving along a trajectory
above the referent of the noun it marks. It has the meaning 'along the region over'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Supertranslative)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/TerminativeCase, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1401
Case that indicates to what or where something ends.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1401)
TerminativeCase expresses the notion of something into but not further
than (ie, not through) the referent of the noun it marks. It has the
meaning 'into but not through'.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/TerminativeCase)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Translative, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1406
TranslativeCase expresses that the referent of the noun, or the quality
of the adjective, that it marks is the result of a process of change
(Lyons 1968: 299301, Gove, et al. 1966: 813,2429, Sebeok 1946: 17,
Hakulinen 1961: 70). X along, across Y.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Translative)
EAGLES-recommended case feature
Vocative case marks a noun whose referent is being addressed.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsVocativeCase.htm 17.11.06)
Skipped EAGLES "Unmarked" definiteness that was only introduced "to handle the suffixed
definite article in Danish: e.g. "haven" (`the garden'); "havet" (`the sea')."
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node19.html#oav2 16.11.06)
TODO:
use this property to define Definite/IndefiniteArticle
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#definite, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2004
Value referring to the capacity of identification of an entity. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2004)
An entity is specified as definite when it refers to a particularized individual of the species denoted by the noun.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#definite)
Definite noun phrases are used to refer to entities which are specific
and identifiable in a given context.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Definiteness 20.11.06)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2997
morphological form of the nominal head of noun+noun-phrases which in spite of a missing determiner (article) is invariably understood as semantically determined. (http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2997)
The construct state or status constructus is a noun form occurring in Afro-Asiatic languages. It is particularly common in Semitic languages (such as Arabic, Hebrew, and Syriac), in the Berber languages, and in the extinct Egyptian language. ...
In Semitic languages, nouns are placed in the construct state when they are semantically definite and modified by another noun in a genitive construction. Note that this differs from the genitive case of European languages in that it is the head (modified) noun rather than the dependent (modifying) noun which is marked. However, in Semitic languages with grammatical case (e.g. Classical Arabic), the modifying noun in a genitive construction is placed in the genitive case, in addition to marking the head noun with the construct state. ...
The construct state is one of the three grammatical states of nouns in Arabic, the other two being the indefinite state and the definite state. ... (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Construct_state)
According to the Arabic usage of this category, modeled here as a DefinitenessFeature, though not directly a subconcept of definite, because it has other functions in other languages.
EAGLES, http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indefinite
An entity is specified as indefinite when it refers to a non-particularized individual of the species denoted by the noun.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#indefinite)
Indefinite noun phrases are used to refer to entities which are not specific and identifiable in a given context.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Definiteness 20.11.06)
Bies et al. 1995
Relation to be used when the syntactic function of a constituent is different from its morphosyntactic type,
cf. FormFunctionDiscrepancy in the PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995, §2.2.1)
TODO: apply this to primitive concepts, too
true
SUSANNE (Sampson 1995)
In annotation schemes for morphosyntax, "valency" normally means syntactic valency, i.e., the number of syntactic arguments
a verb/clause takes.
ValencyFeature cannot be reflexive, because hasSyntacticValency is distinguished from hasSemanticValency
Ch. Chiarcos
Semantic valency pertains to the number of semantic arguments a predicate takes.
This is not necessarily the same as syntactic valency: In English, expletive "it" is
used as a syntactic argument if no semantic argument is available, cf. van Valin and
Lapolla (1997).
ValencyFeature cannot be reflexive, because hasSyntacticValency is distinguished from hasSemanticValency
true
true
true
true
true
true
true
true
true
In hierarchical relations, the parent is modelled as source, the child as target.
In hierarchical relations, the parent is modelled as source, the child as target.
true
true
true
true
true
true
true
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1930
Indication concerning the number of the possessed thing.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1930)
owned number
EAGLES feature for the inherent plural/singular of possessive pronouns and possessive determiners;
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1417, does not entail hasNumber (against hasOwnedNumber),
because hasNumber applies to agreement information
The EAGLES-recommended attribute Possessive accounts for the fact that a possessive
pronoun or possessive determiner may have two different numbers. This attribute handles
the number which is inherent to the possessive form (e.g. Italian "(la) mia", "(la)
nostra" as first-person singular and first-person plural) as contrasted with the number
it has by virtue of agreeing with a particular noun (e.g. Italian "(la) mia", "(le) mie)".
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/annotate/node17.html#recc 20.11.06)
Indication concerning the number of the person that ownes something.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1417)
Inherent plural or singular of possessive pronouns and possessive determiners.
owner number
introduced for double agreement of transitive verbs, e.g., in Hungarian, see http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FirstSgSecondSg
Number of the subject of a transitive verb. (By default, this is the meaning of hasNumber).
subject number
introduced for double agreement of transitive verbs, e.g., in Hungarian, see http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#FirstSgSecondSg
Number of the object of a transitive verb. (Note that this does not entail of hasNumber).
true
remodelled within the hierarchy
true
true
true
true
true
true
true
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1416
Indication concerning the gender of the person that ownes something.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1416)
owner gender
true
true
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2278 (subject person)
person for the subject of the verb
(in languages with double congruency)
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2278)
subject person
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2279
person for the object of the verb
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2279)
object person
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1929
Indication concerning the person that ownes something.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1929)
owner person
does not entail hasPerson: hasPerson pertains to agreement
true
true
true
true
true
cf. http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2240
true
TODO: check TDS and GOLD
1
1
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#CoordinatingConjunction_ConjunctType
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#SentenceCoordinatingConjunction
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#WordCoordinatingConjunction
PTB Bracketing Guidelines, Santorini (1991)
The term \adjunction structure" refers to structures which would be represented by tree diagrams of
the general form in (@9). The defining characteristic of adjunction structures is that a node X dominates
another instance of X.
(Santorini 1991)
Apposition is a relation between two phrases: (1) the nucleus phrase and (2) an appositive phrase,
generally set o by punctuation, which modi es the nucleus phrase. An example of apposition is given in
(@11).
(11) Ryukichi Imai, Japanâs ambassador to Mexico, agrees that Mexico may be too eager.
Here, Ryukichi Imai is the nucleus phrase, and the phrase enclosed in commas, Japanâs ambassador to
Mexico, is the appositive.
Instances of apposition should be represented as adjunction structures (see Section 3.1).
(Santorini 1991)
added in accordance with TIGER, definition according to PTB Bracketing Guidelines (Santorini 1991)
PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
SINV|Inverted declarative sentence, i.e. one in which the subject follows the verb. See Section 5.19.
(Santorini 1991)
The SINV label is used for subject-auxiliary inversion in the case of negative inversion, conditional inversion, locative inversion, and some topicalizations. ...
SINV Ââ ´ Inverted declarative sentence, i.e. one in which the subject follows the tensed verb or modal.
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
Wh-clefts are constructions in which a wh-clause functions as the subject of a sentence. A simple
example is What matters is the price. Here, the wh-clause What matters is the subject, and is the price is
the predicate. The internal structure of the subject is:
(NP (SBAR (WHNP what)
(S (NP T)
(VP matters))))
(Santorini 1991)
PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
-CLF (cleft)
â marks it-clefts (âtrueâ clefts) and may be added to the labels S, SINV, or SQ. See section 16 [Clefts].
(SQ-CLF Was
(NP-SBJ it)
(NP-PRD (NP John's)
car)
(SBAR (WHNP-6 0)
(S (NP-SBJ you)
(VP borrowed
(NP *T*-6))))
?)
(Bies et al. 1995)
S-CLF
(it-cleft or âtrueâ cleft)
Declarative it-clefts are labeled S-CLF, expletive it is tagged as the surface subject (-SBJ), the SBAR is attached at VP-level, and a trace is coindexed to the wh-complementizer of the clefted portion. (See section 16 [Clefts] for more information.)
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995
*EXP*
â Expletive (extraposition) ...
In cases where a clausal subject has been extraposed and replaced by an expletive it, we use a type of pseudo-attach called *EXP*. (In the small ATIS sample included with this release, it is also used for existential there.) Use of *EXP*-attach is discussed in more detail in section 17 [It-Extraposition].
(S (NP-SBJ (NP It)
(SBAR *EXP*-1))
(VP is
(ADJP-PRD clear)
(PP to
(NP me))
(SBAR-1 that
(S (NP-SBJ this message)
(VP is
(ADJP-PRD unclear))))))
(Bies et al. 1995)
T-CODEX (Petrova 2008, http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#InitionalPosition)
Expression occurs at the left periphery of the sentence. This includes various noncanonical and canonical word order possibilities. (Note that it is not restricted here to noncanonical word order; for noncanonical fronting see subconcepts, e.g., Topicalization.) (Chiarcos)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995
Topicalization structures are ones where a non-subject immediately precedes a subject, which
immediately precedes the verb/auxiliary of the sentence. Two examples:
Pizza, John likes.
Tomorrow, I will go to the store.
Such examples should be bracketed as adjunction structures.
(Santorini 1991)
-TPC (âtopicalizedâ)
â marks elements that appear before the subject in a declarative sentence, but in two cases only:
(i) if the fronted element is associated with a *T* in the position of the gap.
(ii) if the fronted element is left-dislocated (i.e., it is associated with a resumptive pronoun in the position of the gap). (See the section on fronted elements in section 1 [Overview of Basic Clause Structure] for more details on the treatment of fronted elements and the section on *T* with fronted elements in section 4 [Null Elements] for more details on the distribution of *T*.)
(Bies et al. 1995)
Fronted elements are placed inside the top clause level (e.g. S, SINV, SQ, SBAR). (Only certain fronted elements are tagged -TPC: (i) constituents associated with a *T* in the position of the gap and (ii) left-dislocated constituents (those associated with a resumptive pronoun in the position of the gap).) (See section 1 [Overview of Basic Clause Structure] for more details on the treatment of fronted elements.)
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#HangingTopic
hanging topic
HangingTopic constructions are closely related to LeftDislocation.
Unlike LeftDislocation, the dislocated element and its resuming pronoun do not
necessarily agree in case, number and gender. (Petrova and Odebrecht 2011, http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#HangingTopic)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)
T|Trace. Marks the position where a fronted wh-constituent is interpreted. ...
T marks the spot where an argument NP that has been moved by wh-movement or relative clause
formation is interpreted. For instance, the relative clause the man that I saw should be bracketed as
follows, by analogy to the corresponding simple declarative I saw the man.
(NP (NP the man) (SBAR that (S (NP I) (VP saw) (NP T)))))
T is also used to represent the empty subjects of as-clauses.
(Santorini 1991)
*T*
Ââ ´ trace of AÂâ ²-movement
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995;
often considered as extremely weak form of personal pronouns (Ariel 1990; Givón 1995)
*|An asterisk represents a zero pronoun; it may need to be deleted. ...
* is used to represent the empty subject of gerunds, imperatives and to-infinitive clauses.
(Santorini 1991)
(NP *) Ââ ´ arbitrary PRO, controlled PRO, and trace of A-movement
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991)
0|Zero represents a zero complementizer (= subordinating conjunction); it may need to be deleted. The
zero complementizer is generally the counterpart of the overt complementizer that. Example: IÂâ ¹m sure 0
heÂâ ¹ll be here any minute. ...
0 stands in for overt subordinating conjunctions like that in tensed subordinate clauses, including
relative clauses. So the relative clause the man I saw should be bracketed as follows:
(NP (NP the man) (SBAR 0 (S (NP I) (VP saw) (NP T)))))
(Santorini 1991)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
*U*
Ââ ´ unit ...
This element marks the interpreted position of a unit symbol, such as $, # (British pounds), FFr (French francs), C$, US$, HK$, A$, M$, S$, and NZ$. It may also appear after % or even cents, when convenient. See section 11 [Modification of NP] for more details on the use of *U*. ...
In general, *U* is placed where the word corresponding to the symbol would appear in the string if the text were read aloud. One notable exception is in certain hyphenated compound adjectives, such as a $5-a-share increase (spoken: Ââ ¼A five dollar a share increaseÂâ ½). Here, the bracketing will usually not reflect the spoken order, with *U* placed as the last element in the ADJP:
(NP a (ADJP $ 5-a-share *U*)
increase)
Sometimes, this type may lack the *U* entirely.
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
*?* Ââ ´ placeholder for ellipsed material ...
*?* is now available in the following great-tasting flavors: (VP *?*), (ADJP-PRD *?*), (PP-PRD *), (NP *?*), (S *?*), (SBAR *?*). These act as placeholders for a missing predicate or piece thereof, especially in comparative constructions and other environments where predicate deletion occurs. Although the missing material represented by *?* is often identical to another constituent in the same sentence, the two are never coindexed. Postmodifiers of the verb (including traces) may be attached under (VP *?*), but not to any other null element, including the other *?* null elements and (VP *T*).
Note that policy for *?* was never finalized, so its use varies to some extent. In general, *?* is used by the annotators as a last resort (short of the FRAG analysis) for the annotation of clauses with Ââ ¼missingÂâ ½ material. Nonetheless, there are certain constructions that are particularly likely to contain *?*:
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991)
The term "gapping" refers to a form of coordination in which the coordinated phrases after the rst
are incomplete. For instance, the gapped equivalent of the full coordination structure in (@18a) is given in
( 18b).
( 18)
a. Mary likes Bach and Susan likes Beethoven.
b. Mary likes Bach and Susan, Beethoven.
Gapped sequences like Susan, Beethoven should be labelled X. On the other hand, while coordination
constructions containing gapped sequences involve coordination of unlike categories, it is clear that the
entire coordination structure is a clause; hence, it should be labelled S.
(Santorini 1991)
Topological fields are a descriptive formalism to describe regularities of the makro-structure of sentences,
for example, in the traditional description of word order inseveral Germanic languages (e.g., German, Dutch, Danish).
More recently, similar conceptions of topological fields have been further developed in the context of constructivistic
grammar formalisms, e.g., Role and Reference Grammar (van Valin and LaPolla 1997).
Telljohann et al. (2009, p.13)
In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions: verb-second,
verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb complex consisting of the
finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit. The discontinuous positioning
of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second clauses is the traditional reason
for structuring German clauses into fields. The positions of the verbal elements form
the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial
field), a Mittelfeld (middle field), and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the
Mittelfeld are divided by the linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite
verb, the rechte Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the
Mittelfeld and the Nachfeld.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13)
In the canonical sentence, the initial field is the first position in the sentence, hence grouped under Fronting.
In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions: verb-second,
verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb complex consisting of the
finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit. The discontinuous positioning
of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second clauses is the traditional reason
for structuring German clauses into fields. The positions of the verbal elements form
the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial
field), a Mittelfeld (middle field), and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the
Mittelfeld are divided by the linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite
verb, the rechte Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the
Mittelfeld and the Nachfeld.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13)
In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions: verb-second,
verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb complex consisting of the
finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit. The discontinuous positioning
of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second clauses is the traditional reason
for structuring German clauses into fields. The positions of the verbal elements form
the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial
field), a Mittelfeld (middle field), and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the
Mittelfeld are divided by the linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite
verb, the rechte Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the
Mittelfeld and the Nachfeld.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13)
In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions: verb-second,
verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb complex consisting of the
finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit. The discontinuous positioning
of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second clauses is the traditional reason
for structuring German clauses into fields. The positions of the verbal elements form
the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial
field), a Mittelfeld (middle field), and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the
Mittelfeld are divided by the linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite
verb, the rechte Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the
Mittelfeld and the Nachfeld.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13)
In a German clause, the finite verb can appear in three different positions: verb-second,
verb-initial, and verb-final. Only in verb-final clauses the verb complex consisting of the
finite verb and non-finite verbal elements forms a unit. The discontinuous positioning
of the verbal elements in verb-first and verb-second clauses is the traditional reason
for structuring German clauses into fields. The positions of the verbal elements form
the Satzklammer (sentence bracket) which divides the sentence into a Vorfeld (initial
field), a Mittelfeld (middle field), and a Nachfeld (final field). The Vorfeld and the
Mittelfeld are divided by the linke Satzklammer (left sentence bracket), which is the finite
verb, the rechte Satzklammer (right sentence bracket) is the verb complex between the
Mittelfeld and the Nachfeld.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.13)
The Verbkomplex is a sequence of verb forms. In verb-second and verb-first
clauses it consists of one or more non-finite elements or - depending on the verb - of
a separable prefix. In verb-final clauses it also contains the finite verb. The rule for
the linear order in general is: right determines left. If there is a finite verb in the verb
complex, it is usually the right-most element.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.15)
The German Linksversetzungsfeld is a field for the left-dislocated phrase of resumptive constructions. A Linksversetzung is a pendent constituent.
It can be regarded as a syntactic anticipation of a part of a sentence
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.16)
The C-Feld occurs in verb-final clauses in German (exception: the conjunction als in
subordinated sentences of comparison als w¨are es nie geschehen.). It is obligatorily
occupied in finite verb-final clauses if there is no conjunction in the Linke Klammer. In
non-finite verb-final clauses the C-position may be empty. This field can be occupied by
conjunctions of sentential objects (e.g. daÃ, ob) or sentence initial conjunctions like um,
obwohl, wenn and also by complex interrogative or relative phrases, e.g. ..., âum wieviel
Geldâ geht es dabei? / ..., âan derâ Max Daniel Professor f¨ur Klavier ist.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17)
The KOORD-field is the field for coordinating particles in the German clause. In contrast to the PARORD-field, it can optionally occur as the left-most element of all clause types.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17)
In the German clause, the PARORD-field is the field for non-coordinating particles which
optionally occur as the left-most element of a verb-second clause
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.17)
http://www.linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2008/SyntacticConstruction
Constituents correspond to a GOLD SyntacticConstruction:
SyntacticConstruction is the class of grammar units that
have syntactic structure, i.e., consisting of more than
one syntactic word or construction in a syntactic
configuration. [Crystal 1980, 85-86].
(http://www.linguistics-ontology.org/gold/2008)
Corresponds to units of annotation in the EAGLES recommendations for syntactic annotation
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node29.html#SECTION00052000000000000000)
EAGLES category Sentence (S),
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/OrthographicSentence
TODO: model Sentence as separate concept indepdendently from Constituent (cf. TüBa-DZ "Root").
But what would be an appropriate name for that ?
The maximal, syntactically independent, segments into which a text is subdivided,
for parsing purposes, are normally considered to be sentences. In a written text,
they are typically (though by no means invariably) delimited by an initial capital
letter and a final full stop (`.') or other terminal punctuation. It is convenient
to accept this primary orthographic definition of `sentence' for the purposes of
syntactic annotation. However, a sentence, so defined, may be either a full
sentence (9) or a `grammatically incomplete' one (10).
(9) [S This is a sentence. S]
(10) [S Well done. S]
The same applies to sentences included within other sentences, as in (11)
(11) [S [S ``Well done'', S] she said. S] }
``Well done'' in 11 is labelled as a sentence, since it clearly has an independent
syntactic status equivalent to those of 9, even though it is included in another
sentence. This inclusion of one independent sentence within another is found both
with reported speech and elsewhere. Phenomena such as those illustrated in 10 are
by no means exceptional in text corpora.
In transcriptions of spoken discourse, there is no simple answer to the question
``What is a sentence?''. Some transcriptions, based on standard orthography, yield
de facto sentences in the form of units beginning with a capital letter and closing
with a terminal punctuation mark. For these, there is no problem in recognising the
primary sentential segments and delimiting them by [S ... S], even though these
segments frequently lack the canonical structure of a complete written sentence.
Moreover, even in other transcriptions, where the standard orthographic practices of
sentence delimitation are avoided, it is possible to identify `primary segments'
analogous to the written sentence, viz. the primary units into which the transcribed
discourse is divided for parsing purposes. For spoken as well as written language,
then, the [S] unit may be retained, although it may be interpreted differently, and
some other term, such as `primary segment', may be preferred to `sentence'.
We conclude by recommending, for the syntactic annotation of any text (including a
transcription of spoken language), an exhaustive division of the text into units
labelled [S ... S].
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node30.html#SECTION00052100000000000000)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phrase
Phrase is the class of syntactic constructions that consist of one or more
syntactic words, but lack the subject-predicate organization of a clause.
Phrases get their grammatical characteristics according to what word occupies
the head position; thus, all phrases have heads [Crystal 1980, 232-233; Pei
and Gaynor 1954, 169; Pike and Pike 1982, 453].
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Phrase)
EAGLES, http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Clause
Clause is the class of constructions that form minimal sentential units.
They must include a predicate, all arguments of the predicate, and all
modifiers of the predicate and the arguments.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Clause)
Traditionally sentences are deemed to be composed of major constituents
known as clauses, which may be main clauses (not included in a superordinate
clause) or embedded clauses (included in a superordinate clause) such as
relative clauses or adverbial clauses. A main clause, unless it is coordinated,
is equivalent to a simple sentence, and does not need to be separately labelled.
Embedded and coordinated clauses, on the other hand, will need to be separately
identified. We recommend that such units be identified in the annotation, and
labelled either as sentences (S) or as clauses (CL), according to the preference
specified in the annotation scheme.
The reason for allowing choice here is that different theoretical preferences
have to be accommodated. In some syntactic models, the `clause' category is not
used (except informally), embedded clauses being marked by included [S]
constituents. In other models, clauses are identified as such, even where they
are coextensive with an independent sentence.
One solution which commends itself (and is employed in the Lancaster Treebank and
the SUSANNE Corpus) is to retain [S ... S] as the delimiter of sentences, whether
included or not, and also to use [S ... S] for the coordinated parts of a compound
sentence; but to use `clause' labels for subordinate clauses. An example which
illustrates this division is 12:
(12) [S [S The distinction at issue is relatively clear S] , but [S closer
examination reveals [CL that all is not quite so straightforward
[CL as it seems CL] CL] S] . S]
Embedded (subordinate) clauses are generally identified by some sign of their
dependence on the superordinate clause or sentence, such as an introductory
conjunction or a non-finite verb form. It is noticeable that the coordinated
parts of the compound sentence do not have to be clause-like units with subjects
and verbs, and to this extent [CL] would be a misleading label to apply to them.
This is true, in 13, of so far so good in:
(13) [S [S So far so good S] , but [S now consider gender in adjectives S] . S]
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node31.html)
FRAG marks those portions of text that appear to be clauses, but lack too many essential elements for the exact structure to be easily determined (e.g., answers to questions). Predicate argument structure therefore cannot be extracted from FRAGs.
(Bies et al. 1995)
Sentence fragments that end with sentence- nal punctuation like Not even an earthquake. should not
be bracketed as S, but only with the highest appropriate label|in this case, NP. Do not attach such
fragments to the preceding or following full sentence.
(Santorini 1991)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
Subclassification here follows the functional subclassification
of subordinate clauses in the TDS ontologies. GOLD proposes an
alternative syntax-based subclassification (yet without documentation
or explanation) in AdjunctSubordinate and ComplementSubordinate.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/ComplementSubordinate,
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjunctSubordinate)
SubordinateClause is the class of clauses that cannot stand on their
own as sentences. A matrix clause combined with a subordinate clause
form a main clause. In the sentence 'John thinks that Mary is sick',
'Mary is sick' is the subordinate clause.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/SubordinateClause)
Dependent clauses (which are also sometimes referred to as subordinate
clauses) cannot stand alone as sentences. They usually begin with
subordinating conjunctions. A sentence with an independent clause and
any number of dependent clauses is referred to as a complex sentence.
One with two or more independent clauses and any number of dependent
clauses is referred to as a compound-complex sentence
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clause, cf.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#subordinateClause).
A subordinate clause is an embedded construction which contains a finite verb form.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#finiteEmbeddedConstruction)
MainClause is the class of clauses that can stand on their own as a full, independent sentence.
If a sentence contains any embedded clauses, the main clause is understood as the matrix plus
the embedded clauses. In the sentence 'John thinks that Mary is sick', 'John thinks that Mary
is sick' is the main clause [Crystal 2001, 231].
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/MainClause)
The independent clause can stand by itself as a grammatically viable simple sentence. Multiple
independent clauses can be joined (usually with a comma and a coordinating conjunction) to form
a compound sentence (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#mainClause
with reference to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Clause).
adopted from http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#coordinateClause
A coordinate clause is a clause belonging to a series of two or more clauses which are not
syntactically dependent on one another, and are joined by means of a coordinate conjunction,
a connective or parataxis.
(http://www.sil.org/linguistics/glossaryoflinguisticterms/WhatIsACoordinateClause.htm).
An embedded construction which contains a non-finite verb form
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#non-finiteEmbeddedConstruction
with reference to Dik 1997)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#non-embeddedSubordinateClause
Termed "cosubordination" here in accordance with van Valin and LaPolla (1997)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeClause
A relative clause is a subordinate clause that modifies a noun. For example, the noun phrase
[the man who wasn't there] contains the noun [man], which is modified by the relative clause
[who wasn't there]
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#relativeClause with reference
to http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Relative_clause and Dik 1997)
There are three di erent types of relative clauses in English (be careful not to confuse relative clauses
and complement clauses):
(i) wh-relative clauses (a guy who(m) I know),
(ii) that-relative clauses (a guy that I know), and
(iii) zero relative clauses (a guy I know).
(Santorini 1991)
Santorini 1991
RRC (reduced relative clause)
Reduced relative clauses are adjoined to the NP they modify.
(Bies et al. 1995)
We will use the term \reduced relative clause" to refer to participial or adjectival constituents of the
type illustrated in (@26).
(26) He bought two watches designed by Paloma Picasso.
Reduced relative clauses should be bracketed as adjunction structures. The structure of ( 26) is thus as in
(@27). Note that the reduced relative clause, which is headed by a participle, is bracketed as a VP.
(27)
(S (NP He)
(VP bought
(NP (NP two watches)
(VP designed
(PP by
(PNP (PNP Paloma)
(PNP Picasso))))))
.)
(Santorini 1991)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#conditionalClause
Conditional clauses refer to a hypothetical situation, in English they are introduced by
'if' or 'unless'.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#conditionalClause)
Subordinate clauses with adverbial function are annotated as ADV, e.g. "Tom sleeps when the sun rises."
(Dipper et al. 2007, §4.3.6)
added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007)
Santorini 1991
In noun phrases like the fact that she is late, the subordinate clause that she is late is a complement of
the noun fact and should not be confused with a relative clause. (Note that the embedded clause she is
late is not missing a constituent; by contrast, in a relative clause construction like the TV that she bought
the other day, the clause that she bought
the other day is incomplete.) The entire noun phrase should be
bracketed as a sister of the head noun.
(NP the fact
(SBAR that
(S (NP she)
(VP is
(ADJP late)))))
(Santorini 1991)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withNominalProperites
A non-finite embedded construction which contains features
with nominal properties
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withNominalProperites,
with reference to Dik 1997)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withParticipleAsHead, http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ParticipialConstruction
A participle is the head of the embedded construction. (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withParticipleAsHead)
Participial constructions are used as adjunct clauses in Old High German. As they lack a finite verb form they are kept separately from finite subordinate clauses. (http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ParticipialConstruction)
participle construction
infinitival clause
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withInfinitiveAsHead, http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#InfinitivalClause
An infinitive is the head of the embedded construction. (http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#withInfinitiveAsHead)
Infinitival relatives. See section 14 [Infinitives] for more information.
(NP (NP a movie)
(SBAR (WHNP-1 0)
(S (NP-SBJ *)
(VP to
(VP see
(NP *T*-1))))))
(Bies et al. 1995)
Ancorra tagset
âA minimal (non recursive) phrase(partial structure) consisting of correlated, inseparable words/entities, such that the intra-chunk dependencies are not distortedâ ... A chunk would contain a 'head' and its modifiers.
Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf
Note that, often, it is not required that chunks are complete. Chunks can thus be phrases or fragments. In the sense of OLiA, they are, however, constituents (of an annotation).
TüBa-D/Z
Single foreign words are projected to a syntactic level assigned the node label FX, which is
an universal label for any syntactic category (phrasal and sentential) in the respective
foreign language.
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.44)
TüBa-D/Z, NOTE: not to be confused with "determiner phrase" in generative grammar,
which would be a NounPhrase in most annotation frameworks
Certain pronouns serving as determiners in noun phrases may be premodified, for instance,
by degree adverbs such as in German "so viele ¨Altere", "gar kein Schutz", etc.
In the case of "so viele Ãltere", the premodifying adverb so is attached to the indefinite
pronoun viele. Together, they form a determiner phrase (DP), which is attached to the
head noun Ãltere on the same level: [so viele] Ãltere
(Telljohann et al. 2009, p.63)
A NounHeadedPhrase takes a nominal as its (semantic) head.
Introduced as a generalization over NounPhrase and PrepositionalPhrase for reasons of consistency with dependency parsers like
Connexor where this differentiation is not made.
NounPhrase is the class of phrases that have nouns as heads. They can play the role of subject
in a main clause.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/NounPhrase)
At phrase level, the noun phrase is probably the least problematic of the categories to be dealt
with. In general, a noun phrase will a have noun or a pronoun as its head, and included within
the noun phrase are the determinative elements, any premodification, and any postmodification.
The examples below, 14 to 17 show noun phrases with the head noun/pronoun in bold:
(14) [NP He NP] was a tiny man
(15) [NP his white shirt cuffs NP]
(16) [NP his surprisingly thick and hairy wrists NP]
(17) [NP some wholly unanticipated but remotely possible event of absorbing interest NP]
However, noun phrases may also occur with adjectival heads, as in 18 and 19:
(18) [NP The unemployed NP] have had enough
(19) We've beaten [NP the best NP]
or with a head which is a cardinal or ordinal number, as in 20 and 21:
(20) [NP The ninth NP] is my particular favourite
(21) [NP The other seven NP] continued with the trip
In `pro-drop' languages, such as Spanish and Italian, pronominal Subjects are usually not expressed.
Depending on the chosen type of analysis, this may require another definition of noun phrase, in order
to include `empty noun phrases', in which the pronoun is not actually present, but may be inferred
from the verb ending.
A classic constituency test for Noun Phrases is that only whole NPs can be moved within the same sentence.
In English, constituents can be preposed to achieve some effect, as in 23 (from Radford 1988: 70):
(22) I can't stand your elder sister
(23) Your elder sister I can't stand (though your brother's OK).
Examples 24 and 25 show that it is not possible to move only part of the NP:
(24) *Your elder I can't stand sister
(25) *Elder sister, I can't stand your
However, this test should be used with caution. It works well in English, but not always in other languages.
For example, in 26 Neue Bücher is moved to the beginning of the sentence while keine is left at the end:
(26) Neue Bücher habe ich keine
new books have I no
`I have not got any new books'
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node32.html)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
WHNP|Wh-noun phrase. Noun phrase containing (among other things) a wh-determiner, as in which
book or whose daughter, or consisting of a wh-pronoun like who.
(Santorini 1991)
WHNP
Ââ ´ Wh-noun Phrase. Introduces a clause with an NP gap. May be null (containing the 0 complementizer) or lexical, containing some wh-word, e.g. who, which book, whose daughter, none of which, or how many leopards.
(Bies et al. 1995)
VerbPhrase is the class of phrases that have verbs as heads. They can play the role of predicate in a main clause.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/VerbPhrase)
This category is slightly more difficult to define, since there is disagreement over the extent of the verb phrase.
In particular, should the verb phrase include only the words that are verbs, or should it also include the
complements of the verb? In the examples given in this document, and in the sample texts in the appendices, we have
chosen to include the complements, but it must be noted that this is an open issue, and we are in no way implying
that this analysis is preferable to the alternative. The choice to be made at this level, i.e. the inclusion or
exclusion of verbal complements in the Verb Phrase, is shown by the examples in 27 and 28, 27 showing the inclusion
of the complement of the verb in the verb phrase and 28 excluding the complement:
(27) He [VP took up [NP a clothes brush NP] VP]
(28) He [VP took up VP] [NP a clothes brush NP]
An advantage in the type of analysis shown in 27 is that the relative levels of the constituents can be shown to a
greater extent -- i.e. complements of the verb are included in the verb phrase, while adjuncts and peripheral
adverbials are left at sentence level.
However, in a case where an adjunct occurs before the complement of the verb, the approaches used in 27 and 28 would
cause problems, since either both the adjunct and the complement would be included as daughters of the verb phrase,
or both would be daughters of the sentence, rather than keeping the complement as a daughter of the verb phrase and
the adjunct as a sister of the verb phrase. These problems may be solved by an additional notation, but at some
level, arbitrariness is inevitable.
Regardless of the choice made over the extent of the Verb Phrase, there arises a problem of discontinuous Verb
Phrases. A complex verbal construction may be discontinuous, e.g. the auxiliary and the main verb are separated in
inverted constructions in English, or the main verb is positioned at the end of the sentence in German and Dutch.
Such discontinuity can be avoided by having different labels and constituents for the auxiliary verb and the main
verb, resulting in an analysis as shown in the Dutch example 29 below:
(29) [NP Ze NP] [AUX zullen AUX] [ADVP er ADVP] [VP [NP de VN-agenda
[PP voor [NP het komende jaar NP] PP] NP] behandelen VP].
and in the English interrogative inverted example 30, using the so-called `dummy auxiliary' do:
(30) [AUX Do AUX] [NP they NP] [VP confide [PP in you PP] VP]?
As with Noun Phrases, Verb Phrases can be identified by a constituency test. In strong constituency languages like
English, the whole VP can be moved, but not part of it: compare 31 and 32:
(31) Give in to blackmail, I never will
(32) *Give in, I never will to blackmail
However, there are languages in which constituent tests do not work. These will typically be languages with flexible
word order, such as Finnish. 33 is an example of a discontinuous VP (Vilkuna 1989: 26):
(33) Maailmaa nähnyt hän on.
world-Part seen he is
`He IS a widely-travelled person.'
For Finnish, then, evidence for a VP is less convincing than it is for English, and a dependency approach seems the
more natural choice. (Covington (1990) provides a parsing strategy for variable word order languages and Covington
(1991) for parsing discontinuous constituents, both using a dependency syntax approach.)
In Italian also, constituency tests cannot be applied. This can be shown through the distribution of VP-adverbs
(e.g. completamente `completely', intenzionalmente `intentionally', attentamente `carefully') and S-adverbs (e.g.
probabilmente `probably', certamente `certainly'). In English, these different classes of adverbs have a different
distribution within the sentence. In contrast, in Italian, the distinct adverb classes cannot be distinguished on
the basis of their distribution in the sentence. S-adverbs and VP-adverbs can occur in the same positions within the
sentence, as illustrated in examples 34 to 37:
(34) Attentamente/certamente, il bambino ascoltó la storia
`Carefully/certainly, the child listened to the story'
(35) Il bambino attentamente/certamente ascoltó la storia
`The child carefully/certainly listened to the story'
(36) Il bambino ascoltó attentamente/certamente la storia
`The child listened carefully/certainly to the story'
(37) Il bambino ascoltó la storia attentamente/certamente
`The child listened to the story carefully/certainly'
Thus, in Italian as well as other languages, neither the position nor the syntactic context can help to decide
whether an adverb is an S-adverb or a VP-adverb; this can only be stated by considering its semantic content and the
way it relates to the content of the predicate or the sentence. This situation has consequences for the success of
standard VP-tests.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node33.html)
TüBa-D/Z
TüBa-D/Z
Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#GerundChunk
VGNN Gerunds
A verb chunk having a gerund will be annotated as VGNN. For example,
h18a. sharAba ((pInA_VM))_VGNN sehata ke liye hAnikAraka hE.
'liquor' 'drinking' 'heath' 'for' 'harmful' 'is'
âDrinking (liquor) is bad for healthâ
h19a. mujhe rAta meM ((khAnA_VM))_VGNN acchA lagatA hai
'to me' 'night' 'in' 'eating' 'good' 'appeals'
âI like eating at nightâ
h20a. ((sunane_VM meM_PSP))_VGNN saba kuccha acchA lagatA hE
'listening' 'in' 'all' 'things' 'good' 'appeal' 'is'
(Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf)
Ancorra, http://purl.org/olia/ancorra.owl#InfiniteVerbChunk
VGINF Infinitival Verb Chunk
This tag is to mark the infinitival verb form. In Hindi, both, gerunds and infinitive forms of the verb end with a -nA suffix. Since both behave functionally in a similar manner, the distinction is not very clear. However, languages such as Bangla etc have two different forms for the two types. Examples from Bangla are given below.
b8. Borabela ((snAna karA))_VGNN SorIrera pokze BAlo
'Morning' 'bath' 'do-verbal noun' 'health-gen' 'for' 'good'
âTaking bath in the early morning is good for healthâ
b9. bindu Borabela ((snAna karawe))_VGINF BAlobAse
'Bindu' 'morning' 'bath' 'take-inf' 'love-3pr'
âBindu likes to take bath in the early morningâ
In Bangla, the gerund form takes the suffix âA / -Ano, while the infinitive marker is âwe. The syntactic distribution of these two forms of verbs is different. For example, the gerund form is allowed in the context of the word darakAra ânecessaryâ while the infinitive form is not, as exemplified below:
b10 Borabela ((snAna karA))_VGNN darakAra
'Morning' 'bath' 'do-verbal noun' 'necessary'
âIt is necessary to take bath in the early morningâ
b11. *Borabela ((snAna karawe))_VGINF darakAra
Based on the above evidence from Bangla, the tag VGINF has been included to mark a verb chunk.
(Akshar Bharati, Dipti Misra Sharma, Lakshmi Bai, Rajeev Sangal (2006), AnnCorra : Annotating Corpora. Guidelines For POS And Chunk Annotation For Indian Languages, Tech. Rep., L anguage Technologies Research Centre IIIT, Hyderabad, version of 15-12-2006, http://ltrc.iiit.ac.in/tr031/posguidelines.pdf)
An adverb phrase may consist of an adverb, or a sequence of words in which an adverb is the head of the phrase.
Adverb phrases may function as adverbials, as in 41:
(41) [NP Her beautiful white hat NP] [VP was [ADVP very nearly ADVP] ruined VP]
or as modifiers of adjectives, as in 42:
(42) [NP Il NP] [VP parle [ADVP infiniment plus couramment ADVP] VP]
or noun phrases, as in 43:
(43) [NP They NP] [VP let [NP me NP] [VP speak VP] [ADVP now and then ADVP] VP]
or as the complement of a preposition, as in 44:
(44) [ADVP Strangely enough ADVP] , [NP we NP] [VP received [NP a reply NP] [NP the next day NP] VP]
Other examples:
(45) [NP The book NP] [VP is [ADVP right here ADVP] VP]
(46) [ADVP Como [NP resultado [PP de [NP esa trama NP] PP] NP] ADVP]
[VP no se lleva [PP a cabo PP] [NP ninguna acción NP] VP]
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node35.html)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
WHADVP|Wh-adverb phrase. Phrasal category headed by a wh-adverb such as how or why.
(Santorini 1991)
WHADVP Ââ ´ Wh-adverb Phrase. Introduces a clause with an ADVP gap. May be null (containing the 0 complementizer) or lexical, containing a wh-adverb such as how or why.
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjectivePhrase
AdjectivePhrase is the class of phrases that have adjectives as heads.
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/AdjectivePhrase)
An adjective phrase may consist of an adjective, or a sequence of words in which an adjective is the head of the
phrase, as shown in 47 to 50 below.
(47) [NP his [ADJP surprisingly thick and hairy ADJP] wrists NP]
(48) [NP some [ADJP [ADJP wholly unanticipated ADJP] but [ADJP remotely possible ADJP] ADJP] event NP]
(49) [S [NP His speeches NP] [VP are [ADVP always ADVP] [ADJP too long [PP for comfort PP] ADJP] VP] S]
(50) [AUX have AUX] [NP you NP] [VP found [NP something
[ADJP suitable [PP for [NP your needs NP] PP] ADJP] NP] VP] ?
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node36.html)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
WHADJP Ââ ´ Wh-adjective Phrase. Adjectival phrase containing a wh-adverb, as in how hot.
(Bies et al. 1995)
As has already been shown in some of the preceding examples, the issue of coordination necessarily arises: how is
coordination to be represented in terms of constituency? Different approaches have been taken, and in the example
analyses given in this document, we have chosen to take a traditional approach, showing the coordinated constituents
at the same level, with the conjunction between them (see also 47 and 48):
(51) [NP [NP John NP] and [NP Mary NP] NP]
(52) She went [PP [PP to the library PP] or [PP to the cafeteria PP] PP]
(53) He works [ADVP [ADVP very slowly ADVP] but [ADVP very meticulously ADVP] ADVP]
However, in practice, in an automated parsing system, this is not an easy differentiation to make, and in some
existing schemes, a slightly less satisfactory solution has been found, viz. analysing coordination in a similar
fashion to subordination.
Most constituents (both phrases and clauses) can be coordinated, but the extent to which this is possible will
differ across languages. The conjuncts may be marked as such by separate descriptors: NPtex2html_wrap_inline4084
etc. However, there are many occasions where the conjuncts are not of the same formal category, or where they do not
correspond to an entire phrasal or clausal constituent. There is much to be said, in these cases, or perhaps for all
cases of coordination, for the use of a generalised label applied to all coordinate constituents or conjuncts, e.g.
the label CO used in the TOSCA system. We do not offer a definitive solution for the annotation of coordination, and
the many variants of coordination will not be considered further in this report. See Sampson (1995: 310f) for a
detailed treatment.
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node37.html)
A sequence of a preposition and its complement is a prepositional phrase. The complement of a preposition is usually
a noun phrase (see examples 38 to 40), but may also be a clause or an adverb phrase. According to the categories
recommended here, a prepositional phrase may be analysed further into preposition and noun phrase. The examples
below demonstrate how this further analysis can be a recursive procedure.
(38) [PP en [NP sustitucion [PP de [NP los canales correspondientes [PP de [NP 50 baudios NP] PP] NP] PP] NP] PP].
(39) [NP Fairbanks NP] [VP hummed [NP a few bars NP] VP] [PP in [NP a voice [VP made resonant
[PP by [NP the very weakness [PP of [NP his chest NP] PP] NP] PP] VP] NP] PP].
(40) [PP En [NP el caso [PP de [NP un sistema mixto [PP en [NP el
[CL que [VP se utilicen [NP canales [PP con [NP tres velocidades
[PP de [NP modulacion NP] PP] diferentes NP] PP] NP] VP] CL] NP] PP] NP] PP] NP] PP]
In a language such as Spanish, where a large proportion of the modification of nouns takes the form of a following
preposition de and another noun, this recursion is extremely prevalent, as in 40. In cases where the prepositional
phrase is complemented by a one word noun phrase, it may be advantageous to leave the analysis at this point, rather
than continuing to analyse further by enclosing the complement (see also one-word constituents).
(http://www.ilc.cnr.it/EAGLES96/segsasg1/node34.html#SECTION00052500000000000000)
EAGLES
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995)
WHPP|Wh-prepositional phrase. Prepositional phrase containing a wh-determiner, as in by whatever
means necessary.
(Santorini 1991)
WHPP Ââ ´ Wh-prepositional Phrase. Prepositional phrase containing a wh-noun phrase (such as of which or by whose authority) that either introduces a PP gap or is contained by a WHNP.
(Bies et al. 1995)
Penn bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995
Multi-word conjunction
Besides the usual and, or, but, etc., certain prepositions and subordinating conjunctions can be used as coordinating conjunctions. Multi-word coordinating conjunctions are labeled CONJP (see section 7 [Coordination]). ...
CONJP â Conjunction Phrase. Used to mark certain âmulti-wordâ conjunctions, such as as well as, instead of.
(Bies et al. 1995)
true
Bies et al. 1995
-ADV (adverbial)
â marks a constituent other than ADVP or PP when it is used adverbially (e.g., NPs or free (âheadlessâ) relatives). However, constituents that themselves are modifying an ADVP generally do not get -ADV.
(Bies et al. 1995)
Bies et al. 1995
-NOM (nominal)
â marks free (âheadlessâ) relatives and gerunds when they act nominally. (See section 9 [WH-Phrases] for more information about free relatives, and section 13 [Gerunds and Participles] for more information about gerunds.)
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Adjectival
In MULTEXT-East a characteristic of attributive pronouns and abbreviated adjectives, e.g., in Ukrainian e.g., абичий/= бозна-чий/= будь-чий/= дечий/= хтозна-чий/= чий-будь/= чий-небудь/= чийсь/=, абичийого/абичий аби до чийого/абичий бозна-чийого/бозна-чий будь-чийого/будь-чий дечийого/дечий хтозна-чийого/хтозна-чий чийого-будь/чий-будь чийого-небудь/чий-небудь чийогось/чийсь, абичийого/абичий бозна-чийого/бозна-чий будь-чийого/будь-чий дечийого/дечий хтозна-чийого/хтозна-чий чийого-будь/чий-будь чийого-небудь/чий-небудь чийогось/чийсь, абичийому/абичий абичиєму/абичий абичиїм/абичий аби на чийому/абичий аби на чиєму/абичий аби на чиїм/абичий бозна на чийому/бозна-чий бозна на чиєму/бозна-чий бозна на чиїм/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий будь-чиєму/будь-чий будь-чиїм/будь-чий будь на чийому/будь-чий будь на чиєму/будь-чий будь на чиїм/будь-чий дечийому/дечий дечиєму/дечий дечиїм/дечий де на чийому/дечий де на чиєму/дечий, абичийому/абичий абичиєму/абичий бозна-чийому/бозна-чий бозна-чиєму/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий будь-чиєму/будь-чий дечийому/дечий дечиєму/дечий хтозна-чийому/хтозна-чий хтозна-чиєму/хтозна-чий чийому-будь/чий-будь чиєму-будь/чий-будь чийому-небудь/чий-небудь чиєму-небудь/чий-небудь чийомусь/чийсь чиємусь/чийсь, абичийому/абичий абичиєму/абичий бозна-чийому/бозна-чий будь-чийому/будь-чий будь-чиєму/будь-чий дечийому/дечий хтозна-чийому/хтозна-чий чийому-будь/чий-будь чийому-небудь/чий-небудь чийомусь/чийсь, абичию/абичий бозна-чию/бозна-чий будь-чию/будь-чий дечию/дечий хтозна-чию/хтозна-чий чию-будь/чий-будь чию-небудь/чий-небудь чиюсь/чийсь, абичия/абичий бозна-чия/бозна-чий будь-чия/будь-чий дечия/дечий хтозна-чия/хтозна-чий чия-будь/чий-будь чия-небудь/чий-небудь чиясь/чийсь, абичиє/абичий бозна-чиє/бозна-чий будь-чиє/будь-чий дечиє/дечий хтозна-чиє/хтозна-чий чиє-будь/чий-будь чиє-небудь/чий-небудь чиєсь/чийсь
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Adjectival)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Verbal
In MULTEXT-East a characteristic of abbreviated verbs (http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Verbal)
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
There are two types of questions: direct questions (which are main clauses ending with a question
mark) and indirect questions (which are subordinate clauses embedded under a verb). In this section, we
discuss only direct questions; indirect questions are bracketed as SBARÂâ ¹s (see Section 5.17).
(Santorini 1991)
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
There are two types of direct questions: yes-no questions and wh-questions. Yes-no questions should be
bracketed as SQ. The auxiliary verb or form of do that precedes the subject in a yes-no question is a child
of SQ. Note that yes-no questions need not contain a VP node
(Santorini 1991)
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
SQ Ââ ´ Inverted yes/no question, or main clause of a wh-question, following the wh-phrase in SBARQ.
(Bies et al. 1995)
SQ|That part of an SBARQ that excludes the wh-word or wh-phrase. See Section 5.32.
(Santorini 1991)
The SBARQ label marks wh-questions (i.e., those that contain a gap and therefore require a trace). A further level of structure, SQ, contains the inverted auxiliary (if there is one) and the rest of the sentence. The inverted auxiliary in wh-questions is not labeled. ...
SQ
(See also section 1.2.7.)
Ââ ¢ inside SBARQ:
As described above, inside wh-questions, SQ holds the subject, inverted auxiliary (if any), main verb phrase, and some adjuncts.
Ââ ¢ yes/no questions:
SQ is used for yes/no questions (i.e., those with inversion but no wh-movement). ...
Ââ ¢ subject-less yes/no questions:
In questions where the auxiliary and subject do not appear, the auxiliary is unlabeled and a null subject (NP-SBJ *) is used. ...
Note that questions with overt subjects and auxiliaries that show declarative word order are simply labeled S.
Ââ ¢ Tag questions:
Tag questions are treated as an adjunction of SQ to S. The resulting structure is labeled SQ, since the whole thing is interrogative in nature. The lower SQ is annotated to show predicate deletion; that is, an appropriate null *?* is inserted.
(Bies et al. 1995)
There are two types of direct questions: yes-no questions and wh-questions. Yes-no questions should be
bracketed as SQ. The auxiliary verb or form of do that precedes the subject in a yes-no question is a child
of SQ. Note that yes-no questions need not contain a VP node
(Santorini 1991)
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
SBARQ|Direct question introduced by a wh-word or wh-phrase. See Section 5.32. Indirect questions
and relative clauses should be bracketed as SBAR, not SBARQ.
(Santorini 1991)
Wh-questions should be bracketed as SBARQ. The wh-constituent (whether it is a subject or not) is a
child of SBARQ; the rest of the question is an SQ. If the wh-constituent is a subject or an object, the
position where it is interpreted should be represented by the empty element T.
(Santorini 1991)
The SBARQ label marks wh-questions (i.e., those that contain a gap and therefore require a trace). A further level of structure, SQ, contains the inverted auxiliary (if there is one) and the rest of the sentence. The inverted auxiliary in wh-questions is not labeled. ...
SBARQ Ââ ´ Direct question introduced by a wh-word or wh-phrase. See section 1 [Overview of Basic Clause Structure]. Indirect questions and relative clauses should be bracketed as SBAR, not SBARQ.
(Bies et al. 1995)
Santorini 1991, Bies et al. 1995
S|Simple declarative clause, i.e. one that is not introduced by a (possibly empty) subordinating
conjunction or wh-word and that does not exhibit subject-verb inversion.
(Santorini 1991)
Simple declarative sentences:
(S (NP-SBJ Casey) (VP threw (NP the ball))) ...
S Ââ ´ Simple declarative clause, i.e. one that is not introduced by a (possibly empty) subordinating conjunction or wh-word and that does not exhibit subject-verb inversion.
(Bies et al. 1995)
introduced as a generalization over Lexeme, Phraseme (as opposed to phrase) and Proverb (as opposed to utterance) with the extension to lexical-semantic resources like Uby and lexinfo
A LexicalUnit is a grammatical expression that is known to the speakers of that language as a conventional expression of a particular concept. It consists of a single lexeme or a conventional combination of lexemes with certain unchangeable characteristics (CC).
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-4192
Ideophones are marked words that depict sensory imagery.
Introduced to account for semantic frames in lexinfo, note that full-fledged semantic role annotation is subject to specialized resources (FrameNet, Verbnet, etc.) and beyond the scope of OLiA. For compliance with lexinfo, however, these have been added to OLiA.
According to "Frame Semantics, deriving from the work of Charles J. Fillmore and colleagues (Fillmore 1976, 1977, 1982, 1985, Fillmore and Baker 2001, 2010) ... [,] the meanings of most words can best be understood on the basis of a semantic frame: a description of a type of event, relation, or entity and the participants in it. For example, the concept of cooking typically involves a person doing the cooking (Cook), the food that is to be cooked (Food), something to hold the food while cooking (Container) and a source of heat (Heating_instrument)." (https://framenet.icsi.berkeley.edu/fndrupal/about)
http://purl.org/olia/ubyPos.owl#phraseme (phraseme, no definition), http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-339 (phraseologicalUnit)
Conventional lexical unit consisting of a particular phrase (CC)
Any group of two or more words that form a unit, the meaning of which frequently cannot be deduced based on the combined sense of the words making up the phrase. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-339)
phraseological unit
phraseme
multi-word expression
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Collocation
A collocation is any habitually linked group of words - a kind of lexical partnership, e.g. 'fish and chips', 'salt and pepper', 'don't mention it', 'it's nothing...', 'Oh well!', 'bangers and mash'... and so on. Many idioms or idiomatic phrases exhibit collocation, e.g. in a jiffy.
(http://www.englishbiz.co.uk/grammar/main_files/definitionsa-m.htm)
collocation
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-351
A group of words in a fixed order that have a particular meaning that is different from the meanings of each word understood on its own. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-351)
idiom
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PartOfFixedExpression
Some forms can only be used in a fixed context, e.g., polsku in po polsku. They are classified as special kinds of adjectives in the IPIC. In the MTE version this information is preserved in the status of a "burkinostka". This term is devised by Magdalena Derwojedowa and refers to dependent words like Burkina which only make sense and can be morphosyntactically identified in a fixed combination (Burkina Faso).
Corresponds to MTE Burkinostka (Adverb/Clitic="burkinostka"; Polish)
"Burkinostka was a local joke :). IsPartOfFixedExpression, to be more precise. Or somehow shorter."
(Natalia Kotsyba, email 2010/06/21, http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#PartOfFixedExpression)
fixed expression
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-341
A fixed, lexicalized phrase. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-341)
A set phrase or fixed phrase is a phrase whose parts are fixed in a certain order, even if the phrase could be changed without harming the literal meaning. This is because a set phrase is a culturally accepted phrase. A set phrase does not necessarily have any literal meaning in and of itself. Set phrases may function as idioms (e.g. red herring) or as words with a unique referent (e.g. Red Sea). (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_phrase, with reference to McArthur, TomsamDam. (1992) The Oxford Companion to the English Language. Oxford: Oxford University Press.)
set phrase
fixed phrase
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1325
Minimal unit of language which : has a semantic interpretation and embodies a distinct cultural concept.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsALexeme.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1325)
lexeme
true
deprecated, as merely a shorthand for Lexeme and hasModality some InterrogativeModality
question word
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-4205
A proform that is used in questions to stand for the item questioned.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1911
Perceived as alive.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1911)
animate
subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1952
Perceived as not living.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1952)
inanimate
subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1953
Perceived as related to animacy, but without specific reference to the previous items.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1953)
other animacy
subClassOf animacy (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Human
For Slavic languages, animacy, and in particular, Humanness, defines so-called "sub-genders" that manifest themselves in the accusative ending of masculine and neuter singular nouns. Humans are by definition animate.
(http://purl.org/olia/mte/multext-east.owl#Human)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3416
An evaluative property of a noun that indicates
the speaker regards the person or object being referred to with favor or
admiration.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-3380
An evaluative property of a noun that indicates
the speaker regards the person or object being referred to with distaste,
contempt, or displeasure [Valentine 2001: 190-193].
EAGLES, remodelling of MassNoun vs. CommonNoun
A mass noun (also uncountable noun or non-count noun) can't be modified by a numeral,
occur in singular/plural or co-occur with the relevant kind of determiner.
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mass_noun 19.09.06)
EAGLES, remodelling of MassNoun vs. CommonNoun
A countable noun (also count noun) is a noun which can be modified by a numeral
and occur in both singular and plural form, as well as co-occurring with
quantificational determiners like every, each, several, most, etc..
(http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Countable_noun 19.09.06)
TODO:
Check subcategorization in MacroRoles. Currently, this follows the TDS ontology,
but the strict assignment of semantic roles to macroroles contradicts
the selection algorithm as described by van Valin and Lapolla (1997):
MacroRoles are not assigned a priori, but on on the basis of *relative
agentivity* among the arguments.
One may consider modelling SemanticRoles and discourse relations within the same dimension. In particular, the semantics of adverbial modifiers (causal, temporal, 3al, etc.) closely resembles discourse relations.
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#actorRole
The most agentive semantic role of the current clause (van Valin and
Lapolla 1997), designated subject (from a semantic point of view)
added in conformance with PTB vocative, Bies et al. 1995
-VOC (vocative)
â marks nouns of address, regardless of their position in the sentence. It is not coindexed to the subject and does not get -TPC when it is sentence-initial.
(SQ (NP-VOC Mike)
,
would
(NP-SBJ you)
(INTJ please)
(VP close
(NP the door))
?)
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with TIGER edge labels, this is explicitly not defined as a grammatical case
TODO: Check whether to be merged with ComitativeCase
Comitative carries the meaning 'with'
or 'accompanied by' (Anderson, Stephen 1985: 186; Pei and Gaynor 1954:
42;Dixon, R. 1972: 12; Gove, et al. 1966: 455).
(http://purl.org/linguistics/gold/Comitative)
Comitative applies to an animate entity that accompanies a participant of the
action. (Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.12)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)
-DIR (direction)
Ââ ´ marks adverbials that answer the questions Ââ ¼from where?Ââ ½ and Ââ ¼to where?Ââ ½ It implies motion, which can be metaphorical as in Ââ ¼...rose 5 pts. to 57-1/2Ââ ½ or Ââ ¼increased 70% to 5.8 billion yenÂâ ½ (see section 23 [Ââ ¼FinancialspeakÂâ ½ Conventions]). -DIR is most often used with verbs of motion/transit and financial verbs:
(S (NP-SBJ I)
(VP flew
(PP-DIR from
(NP Tokyo))
(PP-DIR to
(NP New York))))
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. (1995)
-EXT (extent)
Ââ ´ marks adverbial phrases that describe the spatial extent of an activity. -EXT was incorporated primarily for cases of movement in financial space, but is also used in analogous situations elsewhere.
(S (NP-SBJ the Dow Jones Industrial Average)
(VP plunged
(NP-EXT 190.58 points)))
(S (NP-SBJ She)
(VP walked
(NP-EXT 5 miles)))
Obligatory complements do not receive -EXT:
(S (NP-SBJ The sumo wrestler)
(VP gained
(NP 80 pounds)))
Words such as fully and completely are absolutes and do not receive -EXT.
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#goalRole
A goal role instantiates the (intended) end location (directional path) of an event.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#goalRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#instrumentRole,
cf. TIGER edge label "Instrumental"
SemanticRole added in conformance with TIGER
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#locationRole, cf. the TIGER edge label "Locative"
Semantic role for the final location of action or a time of the action.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1326)
Adverbials that indicate place/setting of the event.
(PP-LOC on (NP the moon))
May also indicate metaphorical location:
(PP-LOC amongst (NP yourselves))
(Bies et al. 1995)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#obliqueRole
A semantic role which is not straightforward.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#obliqueCase)
added in accordance with TIGER way (directional modifier)
added in accordance with TIGER way (directional modifier)
added in conformance with Stanford Parser Dependency Labels
Semantic role as used by the Stanford Dependency Parser
-PRP (purpose or reason)
Ââ ´ marks purpose or reason clauses and PPs.
(Bies et al. 1995)
added in conformance with PTB bracketing guidelines (Bies et al. 1995)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#sourceRole
A source role instantiates the origin of an event or entity.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#sourceRole)
added as counterpart of SourceRole, see there
The target role instantiates the destination of an event or entity.
added in conformance with Stanford Parser Dependency Label TIME and SFB632 annotation guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007)
Semantic role corresponding to the label "TIME" used by the Stanford Dependency Parser.
Time covers a point or an interval of time at which the action takes place. (Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.9)
-TMP (temporal) â marks temporal or aspectual adverbials that answer the questions when, how often, or how
long. It has some uses that are not strictly adverbial, such as with dates that modify other NPs (see
section 11 [Modification of NP]).
(Bies et al. 1995)
Manner applies to constituents that denote how something is carried out.
Adverbs may also denote manner, however, they are not annotated at any of the
syntactic layers.
(Dipper et al. 2007, §5.3.11)
added in conformance with the SFB632 annotation scheme (Dipper et al. 2007)
Cause indicates the reason why something happens and is often expressed by a
PP (because of, with, through etc.). Sometimes this role is close to the role of
Instrument. The criterion for the choice of tag CAUSE is if the expression can
be paraphrased through a clausal subordinate clause.
(Dipper et al. 2007, 5.3.10)
added in conformance with the SFB632 Annotation Guidelines (Dipper et al. 2007)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#undergoerRole
The least agentive argument of the current clause (van Valin and Lapolla 1997),
the designated object (from a semantic perspective).
http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#ConditionalAdverb
Adverbial that denotes a condition. (Petrova and Odebrecht 2011)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#experiencerRole,
originally a subconcept of UndergoerMacroRole
An experiencer instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who
takes the event in through sensory means in some way.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#experiencerRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#beneficiaryRole
A beneficiary (benefactor) instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who
stands to benefit in some way from the event. Prototypically âbenefitâ
here means âto do or be good to, to be of advantage or profit to; to
improve, help forwardâ in some way.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#beneficiaryRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#processedRole
The entity that undergoes a Process (Dik, 1997:118).
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#processedRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#patientRole
A patient instantiates the role of an entity which undergoes a change of
state (Cruse 2000:284)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#patientRole
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#maleficiaryRole
A maleficiary (malefactor) instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who
stands to undergoe a misfortune, or be at a disadvantage in some way from
the event.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#maleficiaryRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#recipientRole
A recipient instantiates the role of an entity (usually animate) who
recieves an entity in some way from the event.
<p>
Prototypically ârecieveâ here means âto take in oneâs hand, or into
oneâs possession (something held out or offered by another); to take
delivery of (a thing) from anotherâ in some way. (OED)
</p>
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#recipientRole)
added in conformance with SFB632 Theme
TODO: check definition, AFAIK Theme also applies to the third (non-ACTOR, non-UNDERGOER) argument (Ch. Chiarcos)
Theme is a general term covering the notions of patient that means an entity
affected by the action, of result that means an entity effected by the action,
i.e. which emerges out of the action, or of theme that means an entity effected
by the action, i.e. which emerges out of the action.
(Dipper et al. 2007: §5.3.3)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#positionerRole
The entity controlling a Position (Dik, 1997:118)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#positionerRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#forceRole
A force role is one in which the instantiator (the âforceâ) exerts
some degree of energy which initiates (or impacts on) the execution of
the event. In contrast to an agent, an instantitor of a force may be
an inanimate entity, such as a climactic condition.
The non-controlling entity instigating a Process (=Dynamism or Change)
(Dik, 1997:118)
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#forceRole)
http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#agentRole
An agentive role is one in which the actor exerts some degree
of will(-power) in the execution of the event.
(http://languagelink.let.uu.nl/tds/onto/LinguisticOntology.owl#agentRole)
Designation of a unique entity or a singleton concept (CC)
introduced as generalization over NamedEntity, Apellation and lexinfo:partNumber
identifier
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2275, note that the definition refers to the text that designates the entity, not the entity itself; consider renaming to NameOfEntity
segment of text for which one or many rigid designators stands for the referent
(Gil Francopoulo; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2275)
named entity
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-347
A designation that represents an individual concept. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-347)
A verbal designation of an individual, unique concept, e. g. Mount Everest, Nobel Prize (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Appellation_(disambiguation))
apellation
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1409
Complete unit of talk, bounded by the speaker's silence.
(www.sil.org/linguistics/GlossaryOfLinguisticTerms/WhatIsAnUtterance.htm; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1409)
utterance
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-353
A brief popular axiom or saying. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-353)
http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl#VocativeForm
vocative expression
An expression referring to a person to which the utterance is addressed, e.g. Old High German "truhtin", "meistar" or "fater". The vocative expression typically occurs outside of the clause and not in an argument position selected by the predicate. (Petrova 2008, see http://purl.org/olia/tcodex.owl)
-HLN (headline)
â marks headlines and datelines. Note that headlines and datelines always constitute a unit of text that is structurally independent from the following sentence.
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995
introduced as generalization over Boilerplate, Headline etc.
Text structure relates to the physical features of text as it is laid out for reading. This includes the arrangement of sentences and paragraphs, and other aspects of the ordering of information in reading materials.
(https://psychology.wikia.org/wiki/Text_structure)
A fixed chunk of recurring text. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-343)
Boilerplate text, or simply boilerplate, is any written text (copy) that can be reused in new contexts or applications without significant changes to the original. The term is used in reference to statements, contracts and computer code ... In contract law, the term "boilerplate language" or "boilerplate clause" describes the parts of a contract that are considered standard. (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Boilerplate_text)
standard text
boilerplate text
boilerplate
Textbaustein
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-343
-TTL (title)
â is attached to the top node of a title when this title appears inside running text.
-TTL implies -NOM. The internal structure of the title is bracketed as usual. (See section 12 [Titles] for more information about the bracketing of titles.)
(Bies et al. 1995)
PTB bracketing guidelines, Bies et al. 1995
homonym
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1301
Word that sounds the same and is written the same as another word but is different in meaning.
homophone
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1302
Word that sounds like another word, but is different in writiing or meaning.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1300
Word that is written like another, but that has a different pronunciation, meaning, and/or origin.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1850
Description of the kind of variation between full and abbreviated forms.
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1355
Relative to the possession or association.
(www.wordreference.com/English/definition.asp?en=possessive; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1355)
possessive
subClassOf referentType (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1946
Property that refers to the person.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1946)
personal
subClassOf referentType (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1993
Register of terms that are company-specific and not readily recognized outside this environment.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1993)
in house register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1992
Formal register.
(12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1992)
formal register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1989, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-427
Register of terms used in applications-oriented as opposed to theoretical or academic levels of language.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1989, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-427)
bench-level register
shop term
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1990
Register that is specific to a dialect.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1990)
dialect register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1991
Register related to an expression that is intended to be clever and funny but that is really silly and annoying.
(Longma DCE; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1991)
facecious register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1994
Register for irony.
(12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1994)
ironic register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1999
The register appropriate to general texts or discourse.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1999)
neutral register
standard register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1995
An extremely informal register of a word, term, or text that is used in spoken and everyday language and less commonly in documents.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1995)
slang register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1996
Register that expresses a situation that people avoid because it is extremely offensive or embarrassing.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1996)
taboo register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1997
The register appropriate to scientific texts or special languages.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1997)
technical register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-380, but rendered as a feature of individual terms, there
Used for terms that are legally defined and used in legally binding documents.
(cf. http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-380)
legal register
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1998
Register of a term or text type that can be characterized as profane or socially unacceptable.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1998)
vulgar register
subClassOf register (dcif:conceptualDomain)
internationalism
A term that has the same or nearly identical orthographic or phonemic form in many languages. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-320)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-320, TODO: check treatment as register feature
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1866
to denote something that cannot be considered as being correct in a given language
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1865
Value that denotes a linguistic situation considered as being correct in the given language
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1986
Said of a term that is almost never used.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1986)
rarely used
subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1984
Said of a term that appears frequently.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1984)
commonly used
subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-376
Preferred Term: A term rated according to the scale of a term acceptability rating as the primary term for a given concept.
(Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-376)
preferred
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-375
Standardized Term: A term that has been standardized by a standardizing body.
(Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-375)
standardized
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1985
Said of a term that does not appear frequently.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1985)
infrequently used
subClassOf frequency (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1977
Variation on a particular usage or immediate proximity of words.
dating
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1959
Indication specifying whether the usage is old or modern.
deprecated term
deprecated
superseded term
superseded
obsolete form
obsolete
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-378, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-379
Deprecated Term: A term rated according to the scale of a term acceptability rating as undesired. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-378)
Superseded Term: A term that is no longer preferred or admitted. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-379)
Obsolete Form: A term or lexeme which is no longer in common use. (Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-506)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1962 (modern)
Currently in use.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1962)
modern
subClassOf dating (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1961, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-505
Old: Used in the past.
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1961)
Outdated form: A term or lexeme that has fallen from fashion, but the meaning of which is readily recognizable.(Sue Ellen Wright, http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-505)
old
outdated
subClassOf dating (dcif:conceptualDomain)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1851
Description of a specific form used in a certain region as opposed to another form used in another region
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1851)
geographical variant
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2347
special form of language used when talking about those in positions of social situation
(http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-2347)
honorific
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1376 (referentType)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1988
Classification indicating the relative level of language individually assigned to a lexeme or term or to a text type.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1988)
http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1965
The relative commonness with which a term occurs.
(ISO12620; http://www.isocat.org/datcat/DC-1965)